US9249207B2 - Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system - Google Patents

Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US9249207B2
US9249207B2 US10/468,192 US46819202A US9249207B2 US 9249207 B2 US9249207 B2 US 9249207B2 US 46819202 A US46819202 A US 46819202A US 9249207 B2 US9249207 B2 US 9249207B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
seq
binding domain
ligand binding
amino acid
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related, expires
Application number
US10/468,192
Other versions
US20110212528A1 (en
Inventor
Subba Reddy Palli
Marianna Zinovievna Kapitskaya
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Precigen Inc
Original Assignee
Intrexon Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Intrexon Corp filed Critical Intrexon Corp
Priority to US10/468,192 priority Critical patent/US9249207B2/en
Publication of US20110212528A1 publication Critical patent/US20110212528A1/en
Assigned to RHEOGENE, INC. reassignment RHEOGENE, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC, NEW RHEOGENE II, LLC
Assigned to RGH LLC reassignment RGH LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ROHM AND HAAS COMPANY
Assigned to NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC reassignment NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RGH LLC
Assigned to RHEOGENE, INC. reassignment RHEOGENE, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC, NEW RHEOGENE II, LLC
Assigned to INTREXON CORPORATION reassignment INTREXON CORPORATION MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RHEOGENE, INC.
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9249207B2 publication Critical patent/US9249207B2/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70567Nuclear receptors, e.g. retinoic acid receptor [RAR], RXR, nuclear orphan receptors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/72Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants for hormones
    • C07K14/721Steroid/thyroid hormone superfamily, e.g. GR, EcR, androgen receptor, oestrogen receptor
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression

Definitions

  • This invention relates to the field of biotechnology or genetic engineering. Specifically, this invention relates to the field of gene expression. More specifically, this invention relates to novel nuclear receptors comprising a substitution mutation and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system and methods of modulating the expression of a gene within a host cell using this inducible gene expression system.
  • Gene expression is a complex biological process involving a number of specific protein-protein interactions.
  • a transcriptional activator In order for gene expression to be triggered, such that it produces the RNA necessary as the first step in protein synthesis, a transcriptional activator must be brought into proximity of a promoter that controls gene transcription.
  • the transcriptional activator itself is associated with a protein that has at least one DNA binding domain that binds to DNA binding sites present in the promoter regions of genes.
  • a protein comprising a DNA binding domain and a transactivation domain located at an appropriate distance from the DNA binding domain must be brought into the correct position in the promoter region of the gene.
  • the traditional transgenic approach utilizes a cell-type specific promoter to drive the expression of a designed transgene.
  • a DNA construct containing the transgene is first incorporated into a host genome. When triggered by a transcriptional activator, expression of the transgene occurs in a given cell type.
  • inducible promoters Another means to regulate expression of foreign genes in cells is through inducible promoters.
  • inducible promoters include the PR1-a promoter, prokaryotic repressor-operator systems, immunosuppressive-immunophilin systems, and higher eukaryotic transcription activation systems such as steroid hormone receptor systems and are described below.
  • the PR1-a promoter from tobacco is induced during the systemic acquired resistance response following pathogen attack.
  • the use of PR1-a may be limited because it often responds to endogenous materials and external factors such as pathogens, UV-B radiation, and pollutants.
  • Gene regulation systems based on promoters induced by heat shock, interferon and heavy metals have been described (Wurn et al., 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 5414-5418; Arnheiter et al., 1990, Cell 62: 51-61; Filmus et al., 1992 Nucleic Acids Research 20: 27550-27560). However, these systems have limitations due to their effect on expression of non-target genes. These systems are also leaky.
  • Prokaryotic repressor-operator systems utilize bacterial repressor proteins and the unique operator DNA sequences to which they bind. Both the tetracycline (“Tet”) and lactose (“Lac”) repressor-operator systems from the bacterium Escherichia coli have been used in plants and animals to control gene expression. In the Tet system, tetracycline binds to the TetR repressor protein, resulting in a conformational change that releases the repressor protein from the operator which as a result allows transcription to occur. In the Lac system, a lac operon is activated in response to the presence of lactose, or synthetic analogs such as isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactoside.
  • Immunosuppressive molecules such as FK506, rapamycin and cyclosporine A can bind to immunophilins FKBP12, cyclophilin, etc.
  • FK506 rapamycin and cyclosporine A
  • FKBP12 immunophilins
  • cyclophilin etc.
  • a general strategy has been devised to bring together any two proteins simply by placing FK506 on each of the two proteins or by placing FK506 on one and cyclosporine A on another one.
  • FK1012 A synthetic homodimer of FK506 (FK1012) or a compound resulted from fusion of FK506-cyclosporine (FKCsA) can then be used to induce dimerization of these molecules
  • FKCsA FK506-cyclosporine
  • Gal4 DNA binding domain fused to FKBP12 and VP16 activator domain fused to cyclophilin, and FKCsA compound were used to show heterodimerization and activation of a reporter gene under the control of a promoter containing Gal4 binding sites.
  • this system includes immunosuppressants that can have unwanted side effects and therefore, limit its use for various mammalian gene switch applications.
  • steroid hormone receptor systems are members of the nuclear receptor superfamily and are found in vertebrate and invertebrate cells.
  • use of steroidal compounds that activate the receptors for the regulation of gene expression, particularly in plants and mammals, is limited due to their involvement in many other natural biological pathways in such organisms.
  • an alternative system has been developed using insect ecdysone receptors (EcR).
  • EcR is a member of the nuclear steroid receptor super family that is characterized by signature DNA and ligand binding domains, and an activation domain (Koelle et al. 1991, Cell, 67:59-77).
  • EcR receptors are responsive to a number of steroidal compounds such as ponasterone A and muristerone A. Recently, non-steroidal compounds with ecdysteroid agonist activity have been described, including the commercially available insecticides tebufenozide and methoxyfenozide that are marketed world wide by Rohm and Haas Company (see International Patent Application No. PCT/EP96/00686 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,530,028). Both analogs have exceptional safety profiles to other organisms.
  • the insect ecdysone receptor (EcR) heterodimerizes with Ultraspiracle (USP), the insect homologue of the mammalian RXR, and binds ecdysteroids and ecdysone receptor response elements and activate transcription of ecdysone responsive genes (Riddiford et al., 2000).
  • the EcR/USP/ligand complexes play important roles during insect development and reproduction.
  • the EcR is a member of the steroid hormone receptor superfamily and has five modular domains, A/B (transactivation), C (DNA binding, heterodimerization)), D (Hinge, heterodimerization), E (ligand binding, heterodimerization and transactivation and F (transactivation) domains. Some of these domains such as A/B, C and E retain their function when they are fused to other proteins.
  • Tightly regulated inducible gene expression systems or “gene switches” are useful for various applications such as gene therapy, large scale production of proteins in cells, cell based high throughput screening assays, functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenic plants and animals.
  • the first version of EcR-based gene switch used Drosophila melanogaster EcR (DmEcR) and Mus musculus RXR (MmRXR) and showed that these receptors in the presence of steroid, ponasteroneA, transactivate reporter genes in mammalian cell lines and transgenic mice (Christopherson et al., 1992; No et al., 1996). Later, Suhr et al., 1998 showed that non-steroidal ecdysone agonist, tebufenozide, induced high level of transactivation of reporter genes in mammalian cells through Bombyx mori EcR (BmEcR) in the absence of exogenous heterodimer partner.
  • DmEcR Drosophila melanogaster EcR
  • MmRXR Mus musculus RXR
  • retinoid X receptor retinoid X receptor
  • EcR insect ecdysone receptor
  • RXR retinoid X receptor
  • PCT/US98/14215 discloses that the ecdysone receptor isolated from the silk moth Bombyx mori is functional in mammalian systems without the need for an exogenous dimer partner.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 6,265,173 B1 discloses that various members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors can combine with Drosophila melanogaster ultraspiracle receptor (USP) or fragments thereof comprising at least the dimerization domain of USP for use in a gene expression system.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,880,333 discloses a Drosophila melanogaster EcR and ultraspiracle (USP) heterodimer system used in plants in which the transactivation domain and the DNA binding domain are positioned on two different hybrid proteins. Unfortunately, these USP-based systems are constitutive in animal cells and therefore, are not effective for regulating reporter gene expression.
  • transactivation domain and the DNA binding domain were incorporated into a single molecule and the other heterodimeric partners, either USP or RXR, were used in their native state.
  • EcR-based systems are undesirable. Therefore, a need exists in the art for improved systems to precisely modulate the expression of exogenous genes in both plants and animals. Such improved systems would be useful for applications such as gene therapy, large-scale production of proteins and antibodies, cell-based high throughput screening assays, functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenic animals. Improved systems that are simple, compact, and dependent on ligands that are relatively inexpensive, readily available, and of low toxicity to the host would prove useful for regulating biological systems.
  • the two-hybrid system exploits the ability of a pair of interacting proteins to bring the transcription activation domain into a more favorable position relative to the DNA binding domain such that when the DNA binding domain binds to the DNA binding site on the gene, the transactivation domain more effectively activates the promoter (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,173).
  • the two-hybrid gene expression system comprises two gene expression cassettes; the first encoding a DNA binding domain fused to a nuclear receptor polypeptide, and the second encoding a transactivation domain fused to a different nuclear receptor polypeptide.
  • the interaction of the first polypeptide with the second polypeptide effectively tethers the DNA binding domain to the transactivation domain. Since the DNA binding and transactivation domains reside on two different molecules, the background activity in the absence of ligand is greatly reduced.
  • a two-hybrid system also provides improved sensitivity to non-steroidal ligands for example, diarylhydrazines, when compared to steroidal ligands for example, ponasterone A (“PonA”) or muristerone A (“MurA”). That is, when compared to steroids, the non-steroidal ligands provide higher activity at a lower concentration.
  • NonA ponasterone A
  • MitA muristerone A
  • transactivation based on EcR gene switches is often cell-line dependent, it is easier to tailor switching systems to obtain maximum transactivation capability for each application.
  • the two-hybrid system avoids some side effects due to overexpression of RXR that often occur when unmodified RXR is used as a switching partner.
  • RXR is a member of the nuclear receptor superfamily and classified into subfamily 2, Group B (referred to herein as “Group B nuclear receptors”). The members of each group share 40-60% amino acid identity in the E (ligand binding) domain (Laudet et al., A Unified Nomenclature System for the Nuclear Receptor Subfamily, 1999; Cell 97:161-163).
  • Group B include: H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), nuclear receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, and chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
  • substitution mutants amino acid residues within Group B nuclear receptors that affect the ligand sensitivity and magnitude of induction in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system.
  • substitution mutants substitution mutations
  • Applicants' novel substitution mutant nuclear receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system provide an improved inducible gene expression system in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells in which ligand sensitivity and magnitude of transactivation may be selected as desired, depending upon the application.
  • FIG. 1 Reporter gene transactivation of VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -EF, VP16/LmUSP-EF, or VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -EF mutants E265D (RXRmutE/D) or G293S (RXRmutG/S) transfected into NIH3T3 cells along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF and pFRLuc.
  • the cells were grown in the presence of 0, 0.2, 1 and 10 ⁇ M GSTM-E for 48 hours and the reporter activity was assayed. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
  • FIG. 2 Reporter gene transactivation of VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -EF (RXR-E), VP16/LmUSP-EF (LmUSP-E), VP16/chimeric vertebrate RXR/invertebrate RXR (Chimera), or VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -EF mutants E401D (MutE265D), G429S (MutG293S) or three independent clones of double mutant E401D+G429S (DM1, DM2, and DM4) transfected into NIH3T3 cells along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF and pFRLuc. The cells were grown in the presence of 0, 0.2, 1 and 10 ⁇ M GSTM-E for 48 hours and the reporter activity was assayed. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
  • FIG. 3 Reporter gene transactivation of GAL4CfEcRDEF, pFRLUC and VP16HsRXREF ⁇ or its mutant version DNAs transfected into NIH3T3 cells.
  • the transfected cells were grown in the presence of medium containing DMSO or 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 ⁇ M GSTM-E in DMSO. Reporter activity was assayed at 48 hours after adding ligands. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
  • FIG. 4 Reporter gene transactivation of GAL4CfEcRDEF, pFRLUC and VP16HsRXREF ⁇ or its mutant version DNAs transfected into NIH3T3 cells.
  • the transfected cells were grown in the presence of medium containing DMSO or 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 ⁇ M GSTM-E in DMSO. Reporter activity was assayed at 48 hours after adding ligands. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
  • Applicants have developed a novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Applicants have shown that the effect of such a substitution mutation may increase ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity and may be steroid or non-steroid specific.
  • Applicants' invention provides a Group B nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system useful for modulating expression of a gene of interest in a host cell.
  • Applicants' novel inducible gene expression system and its use in methods of modulating gene expression in a host cell overcome the limitations of currently available inducible expression systems and provide the skilled artisan with an effective means to control gene expression.
  • the present invention is useful for applications such as gene therapy, large scale production of proteins and antibodies, cell-based high throughput screening assays, orthogonal ligand screening assays, functional genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and regulation of traits in transgenic organisms, where control of gene expression levels is desirable.
  • An advantage of Applicants' invention is that it provides a means to regulate gene expression and to tailor expression levels to suit the user's requirements.
  • the term “about” or “approximately” means within 20%, preferably within 10%, more preferably within 5%, and even more preferably within 1% of a given value or range.
  • substantially free means that a composition comprising “A” (where “A” is a single protein, DNA molecule, vector, recombinant host cell, etc.) is substantially free of “B” (where “B” comprises one or more contaminating proteins, DNA molecules, vectors, etc.) when at least about 75% by weight of the proteins, DNA, vectors (depending on the category of species to which A and B belong) in the composition is “A”.
  • “A” comprises at least about 90% by weight of the A+B species in the composition, most preferably at least about 99% by weight. It is also preferred that a composition, which is substantially free of contamination, contain only a single molecular weight species having the activity or characteristic of the species of interest.
  • isolated designates a biological material (nucleic acid or protein) that has been removed from its original environment (the environment in which it is naturally present). For example, a polynucleotide present in the natural state in a plant or an animal is not isolated, however the same polynucleotide separated from the adjacent nucleic acids in which it is naturally present, is considered “isolated”.
  • purified does not require the material to be present in a form exhibiting absolute purity, exclusive of the presence of other compounds. It is rather a relative definition.
  • a polynucleotide is in the “purified” state after purification of the starting material or of the natural material by at least one order of magnitude, preferably 2 or 3 and preferably 4 or 5 orders of magnitude.
  • nucleic acid is a polymeric compound comprised of covalently linked subunits called nucleotides.
  • Nucleic acid includes polyribonucleic acid (RNA) and polydeoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), both of which may be single-stranded or double-stranded.
  • DNA includes but is not limited to cDNA, genomic DNA, plasmids DNA, synthetic DNA, and semi-synthetic DNA. DNA may be linear, circular, or supercoiled.
  • nucleic acid molecule refers to the phosphate ester polymeric form of ribonucleosides (adenosine, guanosine, uridine or cytidine; “RNA molecules”) or deoxyribonucleosides (deoxyadenosine, deoxyguanosine, deoxythymidine, or deoxycytidine; “DNA molecules”), or any phosphoester analogs thereof, such as phosphorothioates and thioesters, in either single stranded form, or a double-stranded helix. Double stranded DNA-DNA, DNA-RNA and RNA-RNA helices are possible.
  • nucleic acid molecule refers only to the primary and secondary structure of the molecule, and does not limit it to any particular tertiary forms.
  • this term includes double-stranded DNA found, inter alia, in linear or circular DNA molecules (e.g., restriction fragments), plasmids, and chromosomes.
  • sequences may be described herein according to the normal convention of giving only the sequence in the 5′ to 3′ direction along the non-transcribed strand of DNA (i.e., the strand having a sequence homologous to the mRNA).
  • a “recombinant DNA molecule” is a DNA molecule that has undergone a molecular biological manipulation.
  • fragment will be understood to mean a nucleotide sequence of reduced length relative to the reference nucleic acid and comprising, over the common portion, a nucleotide sequence identical to the reference nucleic acid.
  • a nucleic acid fragment according to the invention may be, where appropriate, included in a larger polynucleotide of which it is a constituent.
  • Such fragments comprise, or alternatively consist of, oligonucleotides ranging in length from at least 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 39, 40, 42, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 57, 60, 63, 66, 70, 75, 78, 80, 90, 100, 105, 120, 135, 150, 200, 300, 500, 720, 900, 1000 or 1500 consecutive nucleotides of a nucleic acid according to the invention.
  • an “isolated nucleic acid fragment” is a polymer of RNA or DNA that is single- or double-stranded, optionally containing synthetic, non-natural or altered nucleotide bases.
  • An isolated nucleic acid fragment in the form of a polymer of DNA may be comprised of one or more segments of cDNA, genomic DNA or synthetic DNA.
  • a “gene” refers to an assembly of nucleotides that encode a polypeptide, and includes cDNA and genomic DNA nucleic acids. “Gene” also refers to a nucleic acid fragment that expresses a specific protein or polypeptide, including regulatory sequences preceding (5′ non-coding sequences) and following (3′ non-coding sequences) the coding sequence. “Native gene” refers to a gene as found in nature with its own regulatory sequences. “Chimeric gene” refers to any gene that is not a native gene, comprising regulatory and/or coding sequences that are not found together in nature.
  • a chimeric gene may comprise regulatory sequences and coding sequences that are derived from different sources, or regulatory sequences and coding sequences derived from the same source, but arranged in a manner different than that found in nature.
  • a chimeric gene may comprise coding sequences derived from different sources and/or regulatory sequences derived from different sources.
  • Endogenous gene refers to a native gene in its natural location in the genome of an organism.
  • a “foreign” gene or “heterologous” gene refers to a gene not normally found in the host organism, but that is introduced into the host organism by gene transfer.
  • Foreign genes can comprise native genes inserted into a non-native organism, or chimeric genes.
  • a “transgene” is a gene that has been introduced into the genome by a transformation procedure.
  • Heterologous DNA refers to DNA not naturally located in the cell, or in a chromosomal site of the cell.
  • the heterologous DNA includes a gene foreign to the cell.
  • genomic includes chromosomal as well as mitochondrial, chloroplast and viral DNA or RNA.
  • a nucleic acid molecule is “hybridizable” to another nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA, genomic DNA, or RNA, when a single stranded form of the nucleic acid molecule can anneal to the other nucleic acid molecule under the appropriate conditions of temperature and solution ionic strength (see Sambrook et al., 1989 infra). Hybridization and washing conditions are well known and exemplified in Sambrook, J., Fritsch, E. F. and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual , Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor (1989), particularly Chapter 11 and Table 11.1 therein (entirely incorporated herein by reference). The conditions of temperature and ionic strength determine the “stringency” of the hybridization.
  • Stringency conditions can be adjusted to screen for moderately similar fragments, such as homologous sequences from distantly related organisms, to highly similar fragments, such as genes that duplicate functional enzymes from closely related organisms.
  • low stringency hybridization conditions corresponding to a T m of 55°, can be used, e.g., 5 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS, 0.25% milk, and no formamide; or 30% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC, 0.5% SDS).
  • Moderate stringency hybridization conditions correspond to a higher T m , e.g., 40% formamide, with 5 ⁇ or 6 ⁇ SCC.
  • High stringency hybridization conditions correspond to the highest T m , e.g., 50% formamide, 5 ⁇ or 6 ⁇ SCC.
  • Hybridization requires that the two nucleic acids contain complementary sequences, although depending on the stringency of the hybridization, mismatches between bases are possible.
  • complementary is used to describe the relationship between nucleotide bases that are capable of hybridizing to one another. For example, with respect to DNA, adenosine is complementary to thymine and cytosine is complementary to guanine. Accordingly, the instant invention also includes isolated nucleic acid fragments that are complementary to the complete sequences as disclosed or used herein as well as those substantially similar nucleic acid sequences.
  • polynucleotides are detected by employing hybridization conditions comprising a hybridization step at T m of 55° C., and utilizing conditions as set forth above.
  • the T m is 60° C.; in a more preferred embodiment, the T m is 63° C.; in an even more preferred embodiment, the T m is 65° C.
  • Post-hybridization washes also determine stringency conditions.
  • One set of preferred conditions uses a series of washes starting with 6 ⁇ SSC, 0.5% SDS at room temperature for 15 minutes (min), then repeated with 2 ⁇ SSC, 0.5% SDS at 45° C. for 30 minutes, and then repeated twice with 0.2 ⁇ SSC, 0.5% SDS at 50° C. for 30 minutes.
  • a more preferred set of stringent conditions uses higher temperatures in which the washes are identical to those above except for the temperature of the final two 30 min washes in 0.2 ⁇ SSC, 0.5% SDS was increased to 60° C.
  • Another preferred set of highly stringent conditions uses two final washes in 0.1 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.
  • Hybridization requires that the two nucleic acids comprise complementary sequences, although depending on the stringency of the hybridization, mismatches between bases are possible.
  • the appropriate stringency for hybridizing nucleic acids depends on the length of the nucleic acids and the degree of complementation, variables well known in the art. The greater the degree of similarity or homology between two nucleotide sequences, the greater the value of T m for hybrids of nucleic acids having those sequences.
  • the relative stability (corresponding to higher T m ) of nucleic acid hybridizations decreases in the following order: RNA:RNA, DNA:RNA, DNA:DNA.
  • equations for calculating T m have been derived (see Sambrook et al., supra, 9.50-0.51).
  • oligonucleotides For hybridization with shorter nucleic acids, i.e., oligonucleotides, the position of mismatches becomes more important, and the length of the oligonucleotide determines its specificity (see Sambrook et al., supra, 11.7-11.8).
  • polynucleotides are detected by employing hybridization conditions comprising a hybridization step in less than 500 mM salt and at least 37 degrees Celsius, and a washing step in 2 ⁇ SSPE at least 63 degrees Celsius.
  • the hybridization conditions comprise less than 200 mM salt and at least 37 degrees Celsius for the hybridization step.
  • the hybridization conditions comprise 2 ⁇ SSPE and 63 degrees Celsius for both the hybridization and washing steps.
  • the length for a hybridizable nucleic acid is at least about 10 nucleotides.
  • a minimum length for a hybridizable nucleic acid is at least about 15 nucleotides; more preferably at least about 20 nucleotides; and most preferably the length is at least 30 nucleotides.
  • the temperature and wash solution salt concentration may be adjusted as necessary according to factors such as length of the probe.
  • probe refers to a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule that can base pair with a complementary single stranded target nucleic acid to form a double-stranded molecule.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a nucleic acid, generally of at least 18 nucleotides, that is hybridizable to a genomic DNA molecule, a cDNA molecule, a plasmid DNA or an mRNA molecule. Oligonucleotides can be labeled, e.g., with 32 P-nucleotides or nucleotides to which a label, such as biotin, has been covalently conjugated. A labeled oligonucleotide can be used as a probe to detect the presence of a nucleic acid.
  • Oligonucleotides can be used as PCR primers, either for cloning full length or a fragment of a nucleic acid, or to detect the presence of a nucleic acid.
  • An oligonucleotide can also be used to form a triple helix with a DNA molecule.
  • oligonucleotides are prepared synthetically, preferably on a nucleic acid synthesizer. Accordingly, oligonucleotides can be prepared with non-naturally occurring phosphoester analog bonds, such as thioester bonds, etc.
  • a “primer” is an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a target nucleic acid sequence to create a double stranded nucleic acid region that can serve as an initiation point for DNA synthesis under suitable conditions. Such primers may be used in a polymerase chain reaction.
  • PCR Polymerase chain reaction
  • PCR involves a repetitive series of temperature cycles with each cycle comprising three stages: denaturation of the template nucleic acid to separate the strands of the target molecule, annealing a single stranded PCR oligonucleotide primer to the template nucleic acid, and extension of the annealed primer(s) by DNA polymerase.
  • PCR provides a means to detect the presence of the target molecule and, under quantitative or semi-quantitative conditions, to determine the relative amount of that target molecule within the starting pool of nucleic acids.
  • RT-PCR Reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction
  • RT-PCR means an in vitro method for enzymatically producing a target cDNA molecule or molecules from an RNA molecule or molecules, followed by enzymatic amplification of a specific nucleic acid sequence or sequences within the target cDNA molecule or molecules as described above.
  • RT-PCR also provides a means to detect the presence of the target molecule and, under quantitative or semi-quantitative conditions, to determine the relative amount of that target molecule within the starting pool of nucleic acids.
  • a DNA “coding sequence” is a double-stranded DNA sequence that is transcribed and translated into a polypeptide in a cell in vitro or in vivo when placed under the control of appropriate regulatory sequences.
  • Suitable regulatory sequences refer to nucleotide sequences located upstream (5′ non-coding sequences), within, or downstream (3′ non-coding sequences) of a coding sequence, and which influence the transcription, RNA processing or stability, or translation of the associated coding sequence. Regulatory sequences may include promoters, translation leader sequences, introns, polyadenylation recognition sequences, RNA processing site, effector binding site and stem-loop structure.
  • a coding sequence can include, but is not limited to, prokaryotic sequences, cDNA from mRNA, genomic DNA sequences, and even synthetic DNA sequences. If the coding sequence is intended for expression in a eukaryotic cell, a polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence will usually be located 3′ to the coding sequence.
  • ORF Open reading frame
  • nucleic acid sequence either DNA, cDNA or RNA, that comprises a translation start signal or initiation codon, such as an ATG or AUG, and a termination codon and can be potentially translated into a polypeptide sequence.
  • head-to-head is used herein to describe the orientation of two polynucleotide sequences in relation to each other. Two polynucleotides are positioned in a head-to-head orientation when the 5′ end of the coding strand of one polynucleotide is adjacent to the 5′ end of the coding strand of the other polynucleotide, whereby the direction of transcription of each polynucleotide proceeds away from the 5′ end of the other polynucleotide.
  • the term “head-to-head” may be abbreviated (5′)-to-(5′) and may also be indicated by the symbols ( ⁇ ) or (3′ ⁇ 5′5′ ⁇ 3′).
  • tail-to-tail is used herein to describe the orientation of two polynucleotide sequences in relation to each other. Two polynucleotides are positioned in a tail-to-tail orientation when the 3′ end of the coding strand of one polynucleotide is adjacent to the 3′ end of the coding strand of the other polynucleotide, whereby the direction of transcription of each polynucleotide proceeds toward the other polynucleotide.
  • the term “tail-to-tail” may be abbreviated (3′)-to-(3′) and may also be indicated by the symbols ( ⁇ ) or (5 ⁇ 3′3′ ⁇ 5′).
  • head-to-tail is used herein to describe the orientation of two polynucleotide sequences in relation to each other. Two polynucleotides are positioned in a head-to-tail orientation when the 5′ end of the coding strand of one polynucleotide is adjacent to the 3′ end of the coding strand of the other polynucleotide, whereby the direction of transcription of each polynucleotide proceeds in the same direction as that of the other polynucleotide.
  • the term “head-to-tail” may be abbreviated (5′)-to-(3′) and may also be indicated by the symbols ( ⁇ ) or (5′ ⁇ 3′5′ ⁇ 3′).
  • downstream refers to a nucleotide sequence that is located 3′ to reference nucleotide sequence.
  • downstream nucleotide sequences generally relate to sequences that follow the starting point of transcription. For example, the translation initiation codon of a gene is located downstream of the start site of transcription.
  • upstream refers to a nucleotide sequence that is located 5′ to reference nucleotide sequence.
  • upstream nucleotide sequences generally relate to sequences that are located on the 5′ side of a coding sequence or starting point of transcription. For example, most promoters are located upstream of the start site of transcription.
  • restriction endonuclease and “restriction enzyme” refer to an enzyme that binds and cuts within a specific nucleotide sequence within double stranded DNA.
  • “Homologous recombination” refers to the insertion of a foreign DNA sequence into another DNA molecule, e.g., insertion of a vector in a chromosome.
  • the vector targets a specific chromosomal site for homologous recombination.
  • the vector will contain sufficiently long regions of homology to sequences of the chromosome to allow complementary binding and incorporation of the vector into the chromosome. Longer regions of homology, and greater degrees of sequence similarity, may increase the efficiency of homologous recombination.
  • the expression vectors which can be used include, but are not limited to, the following vectors or their derivatives: human or animal viruses such as vaccinia virus or adenovirus; insect viruses such as baculovirus; yeast vectors; bacteriophage vectors (e.g., lambda), and plasmid and cosmid DNA vectors, to name but a few.
  • a “vector” is any means for the cloning of and/or transfer of a nucleic acid into a host cell.
  • a vector may be a replicon to which another DNA segment may be attached so as to bring about the replication of the attached segment.
  • a “replicon” is any genetic element (e.g., plasmid, phage, cosmid, chromosome, virus) that functions as an autonomous unit of DNA replication in vivo, i.e., capable of replication under its own control.
  • the term “vector” includes both viral and nonviral means for introducing the nucleic acid into a cell in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo.
  • vectors known in the art may be used to manipulate nucleic acids, incorporate response elements and promoters into genes, etc.
  • Possible vectors include, for example, plasmids or modified viruses including, for example bacteriophages such as lambda derivatives, or plasmids such as pBR322 or pUC plasmid derivatives, or the Bluescript vector.
  • the insertion of the DNA fragments corresponding to response elements and promoters into a suitable vector can be accomplished by ligating the appropriate DNA fragments into a chosen vector that has complementary cohesive termini.
  • the ends of the DNA molecules may be enzymatically modified or any site may be produced by ligating nucleotide sequences (linkers) into the DNA termini.
  • Such vectors may be engineered to contain selectable marker genes that provide for the selection of cells that have incorporated the marker into the cellular genome. Such markers allow identification and/or selection of host cells that incorporate and express the proteins encoded by the marker.
  • Viral vectors and particularly retroviral vectors, have been used in a wide variety of gene delivery applications in cells, as well as living animal subjects.
  • Viral vectors that can be used include but are not limited to retrovirus, adeno-associated virus, pox, baculovirus, vaccinia, herpes simplex, Epstein-Barr, adenovirus, geminivirus, and caulimovirus vectors.
  • Non-viral vectors include plasmids, liposomes, electrically charged lipids (cytofectins), DNA-protein complexes, and biopolymers.
  • a vector may also comprise one or more regulatory regions, and/or selectable markers useful in selecting, measuring, and monitoring nucleic acid transfer results (transfer to which tissues, duration of expression, etc.).
  • Plasmid refers to an extra chromosomal element often carrying a gene that is not part of the central metabolism of the cell, and usually in the form of circular double-stranded DNA molecules.
  • Such elements may be autonomously replicating sequences, genome integrating sequences, phage or nucleotide sequences, linear, circular, or supercoiled, of a single- or double-stranded DNA or RNA, derived from any source, in which a number of nucleotide sequences have been joined or recombined into a unique construction which is capable of introducing a promoter fragment and DNA sequence for a selected gene product along with appropriate 3′ untranslated sequence into a cell.
  • a “cloning vector” is a “replicon”, which is a unit length of a nucleic acid, preferably DNA, that replicates sequentially and which comprises an origin of replication, such as a plasmid, phage or cosmid, to which another nucleic acid segment may be attached so as to bring about the replication of the attached segment.
  • Cloning vectors may be capable of replication in one cell type and expression in another (“shuttle vector”).
  • Vectors may be introduced into the desired host cells by methods known in the art, e.g., transfection, electroporation, microinjection, transduction, cell fusion, DEAE dextran, calcium phosphate precipitation, lipofection (lysosome fusion), use of a gene gun, or a DNA vector transporter (see, e.g., Wu et al., 1992, J. Biol. Chem. 267:963-967; Wu and Wu, 1988, J. Biol. Chem. 263:14621-14624; and Hartmut et al., Canadian Patent Application No. 2,012,311, filed Mar. 15, 1990).
  • a polynucleotide according to the invention can also be introduced in vivo by lipofection.
  • liposomes for encapsulation and transfection of nucleic acids in vitro.
  • Synthetic cationic lipids designed to limit the difficulties and dangers encountered with liposome-mediated transfection can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al., 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84:7413; Mackey, et al., 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • cationic lipids may promote encapsulation of negatively charged nucleic acids, and also promote fusion with negatively charged cell membranes (Feigner and Ringold, 1989. Science 337:387-388).
  • Particularly useful lipid compounds and compositions for transfer of nucleic acids are described in International Patent Publications WO95/18863 and WO96/17823, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,127.
  • the use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into the specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Molecular targeting of liposomes to specific cells represents one area of benefit.
  • directing transfection to particular cell types would be particularly preferred in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as pancreas, liver, kidney, and the brain.
  • Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting (Mackey, et al., 1988, supra).
  • Targeted peptides e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters, and proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules could be coupled to liposomes chemically.
  • a nucleic acid in vivo, such as a cationic oligopeptide (e.g., WO95/21931), peptides derived from DNA binding proteins (e.g., WO96/25508), or a cationic polymer (e.g., WO95/21931).
  • a cationic oligopeptide e.g., WO95/21931
  • peptides derived from DNA binding proteins e.g., WO96/25508
  • a cationic polymer e.g., WO95/21931
  • transfection means the uptake of exogenous or heterologous RNA or DNA by a cell.
  • a cell has been “transfected” by exogenous or heterologous RNA or DNA when such RNA or DNA has been introduced inside the cell.
  • a cell has been “transformed” by exogenous or heterologous RNA or DNA when the transfected RNA or DNA effects a phenotypic change.
  • the transforming RNA or DNA can be integrated (covalently linked) into chromosomal DNA making up the genome of the cell.
  • Transformation refers to the transfer of a nucleic acid fragment into the genome of a host organism, resulting in genetically stable inheritance. Host organisms containing the transformed nucleic acid fragments are referred to as “transgenic” or “recombinant” or “transformed” organisms.
  • genetic region will refer to a region of a nucleic acid molecule or a nucleotide sequence that comprises a gene encoding a polypeptide.
  • the recombinant vector comprising a polynucleotide according to the invention may include one or more origins for replication in the cellular hosts in which their amplification or their expression is sought, markers or selectable markers.
  • selectable marker means an identifying factor, usually an antibiotic or chemical resistance gene, that is able to be selected for based upon the marker gene's effect, i.e., resistance to an antibiotic, resistance to a herbicide, colorimetric markers, enzymes, fluorescent markers, and the like, wherein the effect is used to track the inheritance of a nucleic acid of interest and/or to identify a cell or organism that has inherited the nucleic acid of interest.
  • selectable marker genes include: genes providing resistance to ampicillin, streptomycin, gentamycin, kanamycin, hygromycin, bialaphos herbicide, sulfonamide, and the like; and genes that are used as phenotypic markers, i.e., anthocyanin regulatory genes, isopentanyl transferase gene, and the like.
  • reporter gene means a nucleic acid encoding an identifying factor that is able to be identified based upon the reporter gene's effect, wherein the effect is used to track the inheritance of a nucleic acid of interest, to identify a cell or organism that has inherited the nucleic acid of interest, and/or to measure gene expression induction or transcription.
  • reporter genes known and used in the art include: luciferase (Luc), green fluorescent protein (GFP), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), ⁇ -galactosidase (LacZ), ⁇ -glucuronidase (Gus), and the like. Selectable marker genes may also be considered reporter genes.
  • Promoter refers to a DNA sequence capable of controlling the expression of a coding sequence or functional RNA.
  • a coding sequence is located 3′ to a promoter sequence. Promoters may be derived in their entirety from a native gene, or be composed of different elements derived from different promoters found in nature, or even comprise synthetic DNA segments. It is understood by those skilled in the art that different promoters may direct the expression of a gene in different tissues or cell types, or at different stages of development, or in response to different environmental or physiological conditions. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed in most cell types at most times are commonly referred to as “constitutive promoters”.
  • Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed in a specific cell type are commonly referred to as “cell-specific promoters” or “tissue-specific promoters”. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed at a specific stage of development or cell differentiation are commonly referred to as “developmentally-specific promoters” or “cell differentiation-specific promoters”. Promoters that are induced and cause a gene to be expressed following exposure or treatment of the cell with an agent, biological molecule, chemical, ligand, light, or the like that induces the promoter are commonly referred to as “inducible promoters” or “regulatable promoters”. It is further recognized that since in most cases the exact boundaries of regulatory sequences have not been completely defined, DNA fragments of different lengths may have identical promoter activity.
  • a “promoter sequence” is a DNA regulatory region capable of binding RNA polymerase in a cell and initiating transcription of a downstream (3′ direction) coding sequence.
  • the promoter sequence is bounded at its 3′ terminus by the transcription initiation site and extends upstream (5′ direction) to include the minimum number of bases or elements necessary to initiate transcription at levels detectable above background.
  • a transcription initiation site (conveniently defined for example, by mapping with nuclease S1), as well as protein binding domains (consensus sequences) responsible for the binding of RNA polymerase.
  • a coding sequence is “under the control” of transcriptional and translational control sequences in a cell when RNA polymerase transcribes the coding sequence into mRNA, which is then trans-RNA spliced (if the coding sequence contains introns) and translated into the protein encoded by the coding sequence.
  • Transcriptional and translational control sequences are DNA regulatory sequences, such as promoters, enhancers, terminators, and the like, that provide for the expression of a coding sequence in a host cell.
  • polyadenylation signals are control sequences.
  • response element means one or more cis-acting DNA elements which confer responsiveness on a promoter mediated through interaction with the DNA-binding domains of the first chimeric gene.
  • This DNA element may be either palindrome (perfect or imperfect) in its sequence or composed of sequence motifs or half sites separated by a variable number of nucleotides.
  • the half sites can be similar or identical and arranged as either direct or inverted repeats or as a single half site or multimers of adjacent half sites in tandem.
  • the response element may comprise a minimal promoter isolated from different organisms depending upon the nature of the cell or organism into which the response element will be incorporated.
  • the DNA binding domain of the first hybrid protein binds, in the presence absence of a ligand, to the DNA sequence of a response element to initiate or suppress transcription of downstream gene(s) under the regulation of this response element.
  • DNA sequences for response elements of the natural ecdysone receptor include: RRGG/TTCANTGAC/ACYY (see Cherbas L., et. al., (1991), Genes Dev. 5, 120-131); AGGTCAN (n) AGGTCA, where N (n) can be one or more spacer nucleotides (see D'Avino PP., et. al., (1995), Mol. Cell. Endocrinol, 113, 1-9); and GGGTTGAATGAATTT (see Antoniewski C., et. al., (1994). Mol. Cell. Biol. 14, 4465-4474).
  • operably linked refers to the association of nucleic acid sequences on a single nucleic acid fragment so, that the function of one is affected by the other.
  • a promoter is operably linked with a coding sequence when it is capable of affecting the expression of that coding sequence (i.e., that the coding sequence is under the transcriptional control of the promoter).
  • Coding sequences can be operably linked to regulatory sequences in sense or antisense orientation.
  • expression refers to the transcription and stable accumulation of sense (mRNA) or antisense RNA derived from a nucleic acid or polynucleotide. Expression may also refer to translation of mRNA into a protein or polypeptide.
  • cassette refers to a segment of DNA that can be inserted into a nucleic acid or polynucleotide at specific restriction sites or by homologous recombination.
  • the segment of DNA comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide of interest, and the cassette and restriction sites are designed to ensure insertion of the cassette in the proper reading frame for transcription and translation.
  • Transformation cassette refers to a specific vector comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide of interest and having elements in addition to the polynucleotide that facilitate transformation of a particular host cell.
  • Cassettes, expression cassettes, gene expression cassettes and transformation cassettes of the invention may also comprise elements that allow for enhanced expression of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of interest in a host cell.
  • These elements may include, but are not limited to: a promoter, a minimal promoter, an enhancer, a response element, a terminator sequence, a polyadenylation sequence, and the like.
  • the term “gene switch” refers to the combination of a response element associated with a promoter, and an EcR based system which, in the presence of one or more ligands, modulates the expression of a gene into which the response element and promoter are incorporated.
  • modulates mean to induce, reduce or inhibit nucleic acid or gene expression, resulting in the respective induction, reduction or inhibition of protein or polypeptide production.
  • the plasmids or vectors according to the invention may further comprise at least one promoter suitable for driving expression of a gene in a host cell.
  • expression vector means a vector, plasmid or vehicle designed to enable the expression of an inserted nucleic acid sequence following transformation into the host.
  • the cloned gene, i.e., the inserted nucleic acid sequence is usually placed under the control of control elements such as a promoter, a minimal promoter, an enhancer, or the like.
  • Initiation control regions or promoters which are useful to drive expression of a nucleic acid in the desired host cell are numerous and familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • any promoter capable of driving these genes is suitable for the present invention including but not limited to: viral promoters, bacterial promoters, animal promoters, mammalian promoters, synthetic promoters, constitutive promoters, tissue specific promoter, developmental specific promoters, inducible promoters, light regulated promoters; CYC1, HIS3, GAL1, GAL4, GAL10, ADH1, PGK, PHO5, GAPDH, ADC1, TRP1, URA3, LEU2, ENO, TPI, alkaline phosphatase promoters (useful for expression in Saccharomyces ); AOX1 promoter (useful for expression in Pichia ); ⁇ -lactamase, lac, ara, tet, trp, lP L , lP R , T7, tac, and trc promoters (useful for expression in Escherichia coli ); light regulated-, seed specific-, pollen specific-, ovary specific-,
  • Enhancers that may be used in embodiments of the invention include but are not limited to: an SV40 enhancer, a cytomegalovirus (CMV) enhancer, an elongation factor 1 (EF1) enhancer, yeast enhancers, viral gene enhancers, and the like.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • EF1 elongation factor 1
  • Termination control regions i.e., terminator or polyadenylation sequences, may also be derived from various genes native to the preferred hosts. Optionally, a termination site may be unnecessary, however, it is most preferred if included.
  • the termination control region may be comprise or be derived from a synthetic sequence, synthetic polyadenylation signal, an SV40 late polyadenylation signal, an SV40 polyadenylation signal, a bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal, viral terminator sequences, or the like.
  • BGH bovine growth hormone
  • 3′ non-coding sequences or “3′ untranslated region (UTR)” refer to DNA sequences located downstream (3′) of a coding sequence and may comprise polyadenylation [poly(A)] recognition sequences and other sequences encoding regulatory signals capable of affecting mRNA processing or gene expression.
  • the polyadenylation signal is usually characterized by affecting the addition of polyadenylic acid tracts to the 3′ end of the mRNA precursor.
  • regulatory region means a nucleic acid sequence that regulates the expression of a second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a regulatory region may include sequences which are naturally responsible for expressing a particular nucleic acid (a homologous region) or may include sequences of a different origin that are responsible for expressing different proteins or even synthetic proteins (a heterologous region).
  • the sequences can be sequences of prokaryotic, eukaryotic, or viral genes or derived sequences that stimulate or repress transcription of a gene in a specific or non-specific manner and in an inducible or non-inducible manner.
  • Regulatory regions include origins of replication, RNA splice sites, promoters, enhancers, transcriptional termination sequences, and signal sequences which direct the polypeptide into the secretory pathways of the target cell.
  • a regulatory region from a “heterologous source” is a regulatory region that is not naturally associated with the expressed nucleic acid. Included among the heterologous regulatory regions are regulatory regions from a different species, regulatory regions from a different gene, hybrid regulatory sequences, and regulatory sequences which do not occur in nature, but which are designed by one having ordinary skill in the art.
  • RNA transcript refers to the product resulting from RNA polymerase-catalyzed transcription of a DNA sequence. When the RNA transcript is a perfect complementary copy of the DNA sequence, it is referred to as the primary transcript or it may be a RNA sequence derived from post-transcriptional processing of the primary transcript and is referred to as the mature RNA. “Messenger RNA (mRNA)” refers to the RNA that is without introns and that can be translated into protein by the cell. “cDNA” refers to a double-stranded DNA that is complementary to and derived from mRNA. “Sense” RNA refers to RNA transcript that includes the mRNA and so can be translated into protein by the cell.
  • Antisense RNA refers to a RNA transcript that is complementary to all or part of a target primary transcript or mRNA and that blocks the expression of a target gene.
  • the complementarity of an antisense RNA may be with any part of the specific gene transcript, i.e., at the 5′ non-coding sequence, 3′ non-coding sequence, or the coding sequence.
  • “Functional RNA” refers to antisense RNA, ribozyme RNA, or other RNA that is not translated yet has an effect on cellular processes.
  • a “polypeptide” is a polymeric compound comprised of covalently linked amino acid residues.
  • Amino acids have the following general structure:
  • Amino acids are classified into seven groups on the basis of the side chain R: (1) aliphatic side chains, (2) side chains containing a hydroxylic (OH) group, (3) side chains containing sulfur atoms, (4) side chains containing an acidic or amide group, (5) side chains containing a basic group, (6) side chains containing an aromatic ring, and (7) proline, an imino acid in which the side chain is fused to the amino group.
  • a polypeptide of the invention preferably comprises at least about 14 amino acids.
  • a “protein” is a polypeptide that performs a structural or functional role in a living cell.
  • isolated polypeptide or “isolated protein” is a polypeptide or protein that is substantially free of those compounds that are normally associated therewith in its natural state (e.g., other proteins or polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids). “Isolated” is not meant to exclude artificial or synthetic mixtures with other compounds, or the presence of impurities which do not interfere with biological activity, and which may be present, for example, due to incomplete purification, addition of stabilizers, or compounding into a pharmaceutically acceptable preparation.
  • substitution mutant polypeptide or a “substitution mutant” will be understood to mean a mutant polypeptide comprising a substitution of at least one (1) wild-type or naturally occurring amino acid with a different amino acid relative to the wild-type or naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • a substitution mutant polypeptide may comprise only one (1) wild-type or naturally occurring amino acid substitution and may be referred to as a “point mutant” or a “single point mutant” polypeptide.
  • a substitution mutant polypeptide may comprise a substitution of two (2) or more wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids with 2 or more amino acids relative to the wild-type or naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain polypeptide comprising a substitution mutation comprises a substitution of at least one (1) wild-type or naturally occurring amino acid with a different amino acid relative to the wild-type or naturally occurring Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain polypeptide.
  • substitution mutant polypeptide comprises a substitution of two (2) or more wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids
  • this substitution may comprise either an equivalent number of wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids deleted for the substitution, i.e., 2 wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids replaced with 2 non-wild-type or non-naturally occurring amino acids, or a non-equivalent number of wild-type amino acids deleted for the substitution, i.e., 2 wild-type amino acids replaced with 1 non-wild-type amino acid (a substitution+deletion mutation), or 2 wild-type amino acids replaced with 3 non-wild-type amino acids (a substitution+insertion mutation).
  • Substitution mutants may be described using an abbreviated nomenclature system to indicate the amino acid residue and number replaced within the reference polypeptide sequence and the new substituted amino acid residue.
  • a substitution mutant in which the twentieth (20 th ) amino acid residue of a polypeptide is substituted may be abbreviated as “x20z”, wherein “x” is the amino acid to be replaced, “20” is the amino acid residue position or number within the polypeptide, and “z” is the new substituted amino acid.
  • a substitution mutant abbreviated interchangeably as “E20A” or “Glu20Ala” indicates that the mutant comprises an alanine residue (commonly abbreviated in the art as “A” or “Ala”) in place of the glutamic acid (commonly abbreviated in the art as “E” or “Glu”) at position 20 of the polypeptide.
  • a substitution mutation may be made by any technique for mutagenesis known in the art, including but not limited to, in vitro site-directed mutagenesis (Hutchinson, C., et al., 1978, J. Biol. Chem. 253:6551; Zoller and Smith, 1984, DNA 3:479-488; Oliphant et al., 1986, Gene 44:177; Hutchinson et al., 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 83:710), use of TAB® linkers (Pharmacia), restriction endonuclease digestion/fragment deletion and substitution, PCR-mediated/oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, and the like.
  • in vitro site-directed mutagenesis Hutchinson, C., et al., 1978, J. Biol. Chem. 253:6551; Zoller and Smith, 1984, DNA 3:479-488; Oliphant et al., 1986
  • PCR-based techniques are preferred for site-directed mutagenesis (see Higuchi, 1989, “Using PCR to Engineer DNA”, in PCR Technology: Principles and Applications for DNA Amplification , H. Erlich, ed., Stockton Press, Chapter 6, pp. 61-70).
  • “Fragment” of a polypeptide according to the invention will be understood to mean a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is shorter than that of the reference polypeptide and which comprises, over the entire portion with these reference polypeptides, an identical amino acid sequence. Such fragments may, where appropriate, be included in a larger polypeptide of which they are a part. Such fragments of a polypeptide according to the invention may have a length of at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 100, 200, 240, or 300 amino acids.
  • a “variant” of a polypeptide or protein is any analogue, fragment, derivative, or mutant which is derived from a polypeptide or protein and which retains at least one biological property of the polypeptide or protein.
  • Different variants of the polypeptide or protein may exist in nature. These variants may be allelic variations characterized by differences in the nucleotide sequences of the structural gene coding for the protein, or may involve differential splicing or post-translational modification. The skilled artisan can produce variants having single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or replacements.
  • variants may include, inter alia: (a) variants in which one or more amino acid residues are substituted with conservative or non-conservative amino acids, (b) variants in which one or more amino acids are added to the polypeptide or protein, (c) variants in which one or more of the amino acids includes a substituent group, and (d) variants in which the polypeptide or protein is fused with another polypeptide such as serum albumin.
  • the techniques for obtaining these variants including genetic (suppressions, deletions, mutations, etc.), chemical, and enzymatic techniques, are known to persons having ordinary skill in the art.
  • a variant polypeptide preferably comprises at least about 14 amino acids.
  • heterologous protein refers to a protein not naturally produced in the cell.
  • a “mature protein” refers to a post-translationally processed polypeptide; i.e., one from which any pre- or propeptides present in the primary translation product have been removed.
  • Precursor protein refers to the primary product of translation of mRNA; i.e., with pre- and propeptides still present. Pre- and propeptides may be but are not limited to intracellular localization signals.
  • signal peptide refers to an amino terminal polypeptide preceding the secreted mature protein.
  • the signal peptide is cleaved from and is therefore not present in the mature protein.
  • Signal peptides have the function of directing and translocating secreted proteins across cell membranes.
  • Signal peptide is also referred to as signal protein.
  • a “signal sequence” is included at the beginning of the coding sequence of a protein to be expressed on the surface of a cell. This sequence encodes a signal peptide, N-terminal to the mature polypeptide, that directs the host cell to translocate the polypeptide.
  • the term “translocation signal sequence” is used herein to refer to this sort of signal sequence. Translocation signal sequences can be found associated with a variety of proteins native to eukaryotes and prokaryotes, and are often functional in both types of organisms.
  • homology refers to the percent of identity between two polynucleotide or two polypeptide moieties.
  • the correspondence between the sequence from one moiety to another can be determined by techniques known to the art. For example, homology can be determined by a direct comparison of the sequence information between two polypeptide molecules by aligning the sequence information and using readily available computer programs. Alternatively, homology can be determined by hybridization of polynucleotides under conditions that form stable duplexes between homologous regions, followed by digestion with single-stranded-specific nuclease(s) and size determination of the digested fragments.
  • homologous in all its grammatical forms and spelling variations refers to the relationship between proteins that possess a “common evolutionary origin,” including proteins from superfamilies (e.g., the immunoglobulin superfamily) and homologous proteins from different species (e.g., myosin light chain, etc.) (Reeck et al., 1987, Cell 50:667). Such proteins (and their encoding genes) have sequence homology, as reflected by their high degree of sequence similarity. However, in common usage and in the instant application, the term “homologous,” when modified with an adverb such as “highly,” may refer to sequence similarity and not a common evolutionary origin.
  • sequence similarity in all its grammatical forms refers to the degree of identity or correspondence between nucleic acid or amino acid sequences of proteins that may or may not share a common evolutionary origin (see Reeck et al., 1987, Cell 50:667).
  • two DNA sequences are “substantially homologous” or “substantially similar” when at least about 50% (preferably at least about 75%, and most preferably at least about 90 or 95%) of the nucleotides match over the defined length of the DNA sequences.
  • Sequences that are substantially homologous can be identified by comparing the sequences using standard software available in sequence data banks, or in a Southern hybridization experiment under, for example, stringent conditions as defined for that particular system. Defining appropriate hybridization conditions is within the skill of the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989, supra.
  • substantially similar refers to nucleic acid fragments wherein changes in one or more nucleotide bases results in substitution of one or more amino acids, but do not affect the functional properties of the protein encoded by the DNA sequence. “Substantially similar” also refers to nucleic acid fragments wherein changes in one or more nucleotide bases does not affect the ability of the nucleic acid fragment to mediate alteration of gene expression by antisense or co-suppression technology. “Substantially similar” also refers to modifications of the nucleic acid fragments of the instant invention such as deletion or insertion of one or more nucleotide bases that do not substantially affect the functional properties of the resulting transcript. It is therefore understood that the invention encompasses more than the specific exemplary sequences. Each of the proposed modifications is well within the routine skill in the art, as is determination of retention of biological activity of the encoded products.
  • substantially similar sequences encompassed by this invention are also defined by their ability to hybridize, under stringent conditions (0.1 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS, 65° C. and washed with 2 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS followed by 0.1 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS), with the sequences exemplified herein.
  • Substantially similar nucleic acid fragments of the instant invention are those nucleic acid fragments whose DNA sequences are at least 70% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein.
  • Preferred substantially nucleic acid fragments of the instant invention are those nucleic acid fragments whose DNA sequences are at least 80% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein. More preferred nucleic acid fragments are at least 90% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein. Even more preferred are nucleic acid fragments that are at least 95% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein.
  • Two amino acid sequences are “substantially homologous” or “substantially similar” when greater than about 40% of the amino acids are identical, or greater than 60% are similar (functionally identical).
  • the similar or homologous sequences are identified by alignment using, for example, the GCG (Genetics Computer Group, Program Manual for the GCG Package, Version 7, Madison, Wis.) pileup program.
  • corresponding to is used herein to refer to similar or homologous sequences, whether the exact position is identical or different from the molecule to which the similarity or homology is measured.
  • a nucleic acid or amino acid sequence alignment may include spaces.
  • corresponding to refers to the sequence similarity, and not the numbering of the amino acid residues or nucleotide bases.
  • a “substantial portion” of an amino acid or nucleotide sequence comprises enough of the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide or the nucleotide sequence of a gene to putatively identify that polypeptide or gene, either by manual evaluation of the sequence by one skilled in the art, or by computer-automated sequence comparison and identification using algorithms such as BLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool; Altschul, S. F., et al., (1993) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410; see also www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/).
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • a sequence of ten or more contiguous amino acids or thirty or more nucleotides is necessary in order to putatively identify a polypeptide or nucleic acid sequence as homologous to a known protein or gene.
  • gene specific oligonucleotide probes comprising 20-30 contiguous nucleotides may be used in sequence-dependent methods of gene identification (e.g., Southern hybridization) and isolation (e.g., in situ hybridization of bacterial colonies or bacteriophage plaques).
  • short oligonucleotides of 12-15 bases may be used as amplification primers in PCR in order to obtain a particular nucleic acid fragment comprising the primers.
  • a “substantial portion” of a nucleotide sequence comprises enough of the sequence to specifically identify and/or isolate a nucleic acid fragment comprising the sequence.
  • identity is a relationship between two or more polypeptide sequences or two or more polynucleotide sequences, as determined by comparing the sequences.
  • identity also means the degree of sequence relatedness between polypeptide or polynucleotide sequences, as the case may be, as determined by the match between strings of such sequences.
  • Identity and similarity can be readily calculated by known methods, including but not limited to those described in: Computational Molecular Biology (Lesk, A. M., ed.) Oxford University Press, New York (1988); Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects (Smith, D.
  • sequence analysis software refers to any computer algorithm or software program that is useful for the analysis of nucleotide or amino acid sequences. “Sequence analysis software” may be commercially available or independently developed. Typical sequence analysis software will include but is not limited to the GCG suite of programs (Wisconsin Package Version 9.0, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), Madison, Wis.), BLASTP, BLASTN, BLASTX (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990), and DNASTAR (DNASTAR, Inc. 1228 S. Park St. Madison, Wis. 53715 USA).
  • GCG Genetics Computer Group
  • BLASTP BLASTP
  • BLASTN BLASTN
  • BLASTX Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990)
  • DNASTAR DNASTAR, Inc. 1228 S. Park St. Madison, Wis. 53715 USA.
  • “Synthetic genes” can be assembled from oligonucleotide building blocks that are chemically synthesized using procedures known to those skilled in the art. These building blocks are ligated and annealed to form gene segments that are then enzymatically assembled to construct the entire gene. “Chemically synthesized”, as related to a sequence of DNA, means that the component nucleotides were assembled in vitro. Manual chemical synthesis of DNA may be accomplished using well-established procedures, or automated chemical synthesis can be performed using one of a number of commercially available machines. Accordingly, the genes can be tailored for optimal gene expression based on optimization of nucleotide sequence to reflect the codon bias of the host cell. The skilled artisan appreciates the likelihood of successful gene expression if codon usage is biased towards those codons favored by the host. Determination of preferred codons can be based on a survey of genes derived from the host cell where sequence information is available.
  • two or more individually operable gene regulation systems are said to be “orthogonal” when; a) modulation of each of the given systems by its respective ligand, at a chosen concentration, results in a measurable change in the magnitude of expression of the gene of that system, and b) the change is statistically significantly different than the change in expression of all other systems simultaneously operable in the cell, tissue, or organism, regardless of the simultaneity or sequentially of the actual modulation.
  • modulation of each individually operable gene regulation system effects a change in gene expression at least 2-fold greater than all other operable systems in the cell, tissue, or organism. More preferably, the change is at least 5-fold greater. Even more preferably, the change is at least 10-fold greater.
  • the change is at least 100 fold greater. Even still more preferably, the change is at least 500-fold greater.
  • modulation of each of the given systems by its respective ligand at a chosen concentration results in a measurable change in the magnitude of expression of the gene of that system and no measurable change in expression of all other systems operable in the cell, tissue, or organism. In such cases the multiple inducible gene regulation system is said to be “fully orthogonal”.
  • the present invention is useful to search for orthogonal ligands and orthogonal receptor-based gene expression systems such as those described in co-pending U.S. application 60/237,446, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • substitution mutants amino acid residues that affect the ligand sensitivity and magnitude of induction in a Group B-based inducible gene expression system.
  • substitution mutants substitution mutations
  • Applicants' novel substitution mutant nuclear receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system provides an improved inducible gene expression system in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells in which ligand sensitivity and magnitude of transactivation may be selected as desired, depending upon the application.
  • the present invention relates to novel substitution mutant Group B nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides, a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system comprising such mutated Group B nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides, and methods of modulating the expression of a gene within a host cell using such a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system.
  • the present invention relates to a gene expression modulation system comprising at least one gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is from a retinoid X receptor ⁇ , retinoid X receptor ⁇ , retinoid X receptor ⁇ , H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), Nuclear Receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle protein, 2C1 nuclear receptor, and chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is from a vertebrate retinoid X receptor ⁇ , vertebrate retinoid X receptor ⁇ , vertebrate retinoid X receptor ⁇ , or an invertebrate retinoid X receptor.
  • the gene expression modulation system comprises a) a first gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a first polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain that recognizes a response element associated with a gene whose expression is to be modulated; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, and b) a second gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a second polypeptide comprising a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the gene expression modulation system may further comprise a third gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element recognized by the DNA-binding domain of the first polypeptide; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the first polypeptide; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated.
  • the second polypeptide comprises a Group H nuclear receptor ligand binding domain selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor (EcR), a ubiquitous receptor (UR), an orphan receptor 1 (OR-1), an NER-1, a receptor-interacting protein 15 (RIP-15), a liver X receptor ⁇ (LXR ⁇ ), a steroid hormone receptor-like protein (RLD-1), a liver X receptor (LXR), a liver X receptor (LXR ⁇ ), a framesoid X receptor (FXR), a receptor-interacting protein 14 (RIP-14), and a farnesol receptor (HRR-1) ligand binding domains.
  • EcR ecdysone receptor
  • UR ubiquitous receptor
  • OR-1 an orphan receptor 1
  • NER-1 a receptor-interacting protein 15
  • RIP-15 a receptor-interacting protein 15
  • LXR ⁇ liver X receptor ⁇
  • RTD-1 steroid hormone receptor-like protein
  • FXR framesoid
  • the gene expression modulation system comprises a first gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a first polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain that recognizes a response element associated with a gene whose expression is to be modulated and a first nuclear receptor ligand binding domain, and a second gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a second polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a second nuclear receptor ligand binding domain, wherein one of the nuclear receptor ligand binding domains is a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the first polypeptide is substantially free of a transactivation domain and the second polypeptide is substantially free of a DNA binding domain.
  • “substantially free” means that the protein in question does not contain a sufficient sequence of the domain in question to provide activation or binding activity.
  • the gene expression modulation system may further comprise a third gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element recognized by the DNA-binding domain of the first polypeptide of the first gene expression cassette; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the second polypeptide of the second gene expression cassette; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated.
  • the other nuclear receptor ligand binding domain may be from any other nuclear receptor that forms a dimer with the Group B ligand binding domain comprising the substitution mutation.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation
  • the other nuclear receptor ligand binding domain (“partner”) is from a Group H nuclear receptor.
  • the Group H nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor (EcR), a ubiquitous receptor (UR), an orphan receptor 1 (OR-1), an NER-1, a receptor-interacting protein 15 (RIP-15), a liver X receptor ⁇ (LXR ⁇ ), a steroid hormone receptor-like protein (RLD-1), a liver X receptor (LXR), a liver X receptor (LXR ⁇ ), a farnesoid X receptor (FXR), a receptor-interacting protein 14 (RIP-14), and a farnesol receptor (HRR-1) ligand binding domains.
  • EcR ecdysone receptor
  • UR ubiquitous receptor
  • OR-1 an orphan receptor 1
  • NER-1 a receptor-interacting protein 15
  • RIP-15 a receptor-interacting protein 15
  • LXR ⁇ liver X receptor ⁇
  • RTD-1 steroid hormone receptor-like protein
  • FXR farnesoid X receptor
  • the ecdysone receptor (EcR) ligand binding domain may be from an invertebrate EcR, preferably selected from the class of Arthropod EcR.
  • the EcR is selected from the group consisting of a Lepidopteran EcR, a Dipteran EcR an Orthopteran EcR, a Homopteran EcR and a Hemipteran EcR.
  • the EcR ligand binding domain for use in the present invention is from a spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR (“CfEcR”), a beetle Tenebrio molitor EcR (“TmEcR”), a Manduca sexta EcR (“MsEcR”), a Heliothies virescens EcR (“HvEcR”), a midge Chironomus tentans EcR (“CtEcR”), a silk moth Bombyx mori EcR (“BmEcR”), a squinting bush brown Bicyclus anynana EcR (“BanEcR”), a buckeye Junonia coenia EcR (“JcEcR”), a fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster EcR (“DmEcR”), a mosquito Aedes aegypti EcR (“AaEcR”), a blowfly Lucilia capitata (“CfE
  • the “partner” nuclear receptor ligand binding domain may further comprise a truncation mutation, a deletion mutation, a second substitution mutation, or another modification.
  • the LBD is from a truncated EcR polypeptide.
  • the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 255, 260, or 265 amino acids.
  • the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least a partial polypeptide domain. More preferably, the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least an entire polypeptide domain. In a specific embodiment, the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least an A/B-domain, a C-domain, a D-domain, an F-domain, an A/B/C-domains, an A/B/1/2-C-domains, an A/B/C/D-domains, an A/B/C/D/F-domains, an A/B/F-domains, an A/B/C/F-domains, a partial E domain, or a partial F domain. A combination of several complete and/or partial domain deletions may also be performed.
  • the gene whose expression is to be modulated is a homologous gene with respect to the host cell. In another specific embodiment, the gene whose expression is to be modulated is a heterologous gene with respect to the host cell.
  • the ligands for use in the present invention as described below when combined with the ligand binding domain of the nuclear receptor(s), which in turn are bound to the response element linked to a gene, provide the means for external temporal regulation of expression of the gene.
  • binding of the ligand to the ligand binding domain of a Group B nuclear receptor and optionally, its nuclear receptor ligand binding domain partner enables expression or suppression of the gene.
  • This mechanism does not exclude the potential for ligand binding to the Group B nuclear receptor (GBNR) or its partner, and the resulting formation of active homodimer complexes (e.g. GBNR+GBNR or partner+partner).
  • GBNR Group B nuclear receptor
  • one or more of the receptor domains is varied producing a hybrid gene switch.
  • a DNA binding domain DBD
  • LBD ligand binding domain
  • AD transactivation domain
  • DBD DNA binding domain
  • LBD ligand binding domain
  • AD transactivation domain
  • the response element itself can be modified or substituted with response elements for other DNA binding protein domains such as the GAL-4 protein from yeast (see Sadowski, et al.
  • Promoters may be constitutively or inducibly regulated or may be tissue-specific (that is, expressed only in a particular type of cell) or specific to certain developmental stages of the organism.
  • the retinoid X receptor is a member of the nuclear receptor superfamily and classified into subfamily 2, Group B (referred to herein as “Group B nuclear receptors”). The members of each group share 40-60% amino acid identity in the E (ligand binding) domain (Laudet et al., A Unified Nomenclature System for the Nuclear Receptor Subfamily, 1999; Cell 97: 161-163).
  • Group B include: H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), Nuclear Receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle protein (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, and chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
  • a vertebrate RXR in partnership with an ecdysone receptor-based gene expression system provides an inducible gene expression system in yeast and mammalian cells that is characterized by increased ligand sensitivity and magnitude of transactivation (see pending application PCT/US01/09050).
  • an invertebrate RXR can function as well as or better than a vertebrate RXR in an ecdysone receptor-based gene expression system by increasing gene transactivation and ligand sensitivity of the gene expression system (see pending application U.S. 60/294,814).
  • Applicants have now identified critical amino acid residues within the ligand binding domain of RXRs that affect transactivation and ligand sensitivity of a nuclear receptor-based expression system.
  • Applicants have identified amino acids from invertebrate retinoid X receptors (see Examples 2 and 3) and invertebrate ultraspiracle proteins (see Example 4) ligand binding domains that differ from amino acids of vertebrate RXRs.
  • substitution mutants within vertebrate RXR ligand binding domains by replacing the wild type vertebrate RXR amino acid with that of an invertebrate RXR or USP at their analogous position and tested these substitution mutants for their ability to transactivate gene expression in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system.
  • Applicants have now identified several novel retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain substitution mutants that exhibit unexpected and surprising levels of transactivation activity and/or ligand sensitivity.
  • Applicants' identified retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain substitution mutations are also expected to work when introduced into the analogous position of the ligand binding domains of other Group B nuclear receptors to modify ligand binding or ligand sensitivity in a Group B nuclear receptor-based gene expression system.
  • Applicants' novel substitution mutated Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain polynucleotides and polypeptides are useful in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene modulation system for various applications including gene therapy, expression of proteins of interest in host cells, production of transgenic organisms, and cell-based assays.
  • Applicants describe herein a novel gene expression modulation system comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • This gene expression system may be a “single switch”-based gene expression system in which the transactivation domain, DNA-binding domain and ligand binding domain are on one encoded polypeptide.
  • the gene expression modulation system may be a “dual switch”- or “two-hybrid”-based gene expression modulation system in which the transactivation domain and DNA-binding domain are located on two different encoded polypeptides.
  • Applicants have demonstrated for the first time that a substitution mutated nuclear receptor can be used as a component of a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system to modify ligand binding activity and/or ligand specificity in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. As discussed herein, Applicants' findings are both unexpected and surprising.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor-based gene expression modulation system of the present invention may be either heterodimeric and homodimeric.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain heterodimerizes with an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain to form a function EcR complex.
  • a functional EcR complex generally refers to a heterodimeric protein complex consisting of two members of the steroid receptor family, an ecdysone receptor protein obtained from various insects, and an ultraspiracle (USP) protein or the vertebrate homolog of USP, retinoid X receptor protein (see Yao, et al.
  • the complex may also be a homodimer as detailed below.
  • the functional ecdysteroid receptor complex may also include additional protein(s) such as immunophilins. Additional members of the steroid receptor family of proteins, known as transcriptional factors (such as DHR38 or betaFTZ-1), may also be ligand dependent or independent partners for EcR, USP, and/or RXR. Additionally, other cofactors may be required such as proteins generally known as coactivators (also termed adapters or mediators). These proteins do not bind sequence-specifically to DNA and are not involved in basal transcription.
  • telomeres may exert their effect on transcription activation through various mechanisms, including stimulation of DNA-binding of activators, by affecting chromatin structure, or by mediating activator-initiation complex interactions.
  • coactivators include RIP140, TIF1, RAP46/Bag-1, ARA70, SRC-1/NCoA-1, TIF2/GRIP/NCoA-2, ACTR/AIB1/RAC3/pCIP as well as the promiscuous coactivator C response element B binding protein, CBP/p300 (for review see Glass et al., Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 9: 222-232, 1997).
  • protein cofactors generally known as corepressors (also known as repressors, silencers, or silencing mediators) may be required to effectively inhibit transcriptional activation in the absence of ligand.
  • corepressors may interact with the unliganded ecdysone receptor to silence the activity at the response element.
  • Current evidence suggests that the binding of ligand changes the conformation of the receptor, which results in release of the corepressor and recruitment of the above described coactivators, thereby abolishing their silencing activity.
  • corepressors include N-CoR and SMRT (for review, see Horwitz et al. Mol. Endocrinol. 10: 1167-1177, 1996).
  • cofactors may either be endogenous within the cell or organism, or may be added exogenously as transgenes to be expressed in either a regulated or unregulated fashion.
  • Homodimer complexes of the ecdysone receptor protein, USP, or RXR may also be functional under some circumstances.
  • the ecdysone receptor complex typically includes proteins that are members of the nuclear receptor superfamily wherein all members are generally characterized by the presence of an amino-terminal transactivation domain, a DNA binding domain (“DBD”), and a ligand binding domain (“LBD”) separated from the DBD by a hinge region.
  • DBD DNA binding domain
  • LBD ligand binding domain
  • DNA binding domain comprises a minimal polypeptide sequence of a DNA binding protein, up to the entire length of a DNA binding protein, so long as the DNA binding domain functions to associate with a particular response element.
  • Members of the nuclear receptor superfamily are also characterized by the presence of four or five domains: AB, C, D, E, and in some members F (see U.S. Pat. No.
  • the “A/B” domain corresponds to the transactivation domain
  • C corresponds to the DNA binding domain
  • D corresponds to the hinge region
  • E corresponds to the ligand binding domain.
  • Some members of the family may also have another transactivation domain on the carboxy-terminal side of the LBD corresponding to “F”.
  • the DBD is characterized by the presence of two cysteine zinc fingers between which are two amino acid motifs, the P-box and the D-box, which confer specificity for ecdysone response elements. These domains may be either native, modified, or chimeras of different domains of heterologous receptor proteins.
  • the EcR receptor like a subset of the steroid receptor family, also possesses less well-defined regions responsible for heterodimerization properties. Because the domains of nuclear receptors are modular in nature, the LBD, DBD, and transactivation domains may be interchanged.
  • the novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system of the invention comprises at least one gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell, wherein the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the present invention provides a gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell, wherein the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a
  • a hybrid polypeptide according to the invention comprises at least two polypeptide fragments, wherein each polypeptide fragment is from a different source, i.e., a different nuclear receptor, a different species, etc.
  • the hybrid polypeptide according to the invention may comprise at least two polypeptide domains, wherein each polypeptide domain is from a different source.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is from an retinoid X receptor ⁇ (RXR ⁇ ), retinoid X receptor ⁇ (RXR ⁇ ), retinoid X receptor ⁇ (RXR ⁇ ), H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), nuclear receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle protein (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, or chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
  • RXR ⁇ retinoid X receptor ⁇
  • RXR ⁇ retinoid X receptor ⁇
  • RXR ⁇ retinoid X receptor ⁇
  • RXR ⁇ retinoid X receptor ⁇
  • RXR ⁇ H-2 region II binding protein
  • RoR-1 nuclear receptor co-regulator-1
  • USP ultraspiracle protein
  • 2C1 nuclear receptor or chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a vertebrate retinoid X receptor ⁇ , vertebrate retinoid X receptor ⁇ , vertebrate retinoid X receptor ⁇ , or an invertebrate retinoid X receptor.
  • the present invention also provides a gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; wherein the encoded hybrid polypeptide comprises at least two polypeptide fragments, wherein each polypeptide fragment is from a different source.
  • the retinoid X receptor (RXR) ligand binding domain may be from an invertebrate or vertebrate RXR.
  • the RXR ligand binding domain for use in the present invention is from a human Homo sapiens (HsRXR), a mouse Mus musculus (MmRXR), a rat Rattus norvegicus (RnRXR), a chicken Gallus gallus (GgRXR), a domestic pig Sus scrofa domestica (SsRXR), a frog Xenopus laevis (XIRXR), a zebra fish Danio rerio (DrRXR), a beetle Tenebrio molitor RXR homolog (“TmRXR”), a locust Locusta migratoria USP/RXR homolog (referred to as either “LmUSP” or “LmRXR”), an aphid Myzu
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to an amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution mutation at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residues 355 or 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) an alanine residue
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation is selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2,
  • the DNA binding domain can be any DNA binding domain with a known response element, including synthetic and chimeric DNA binding domains, or analogs, combinations, or modifications thereof.
  • the DBD is a GAL4 DBD, a LexA DBD, a transcription factor DBD, a Group B nuclear receptor member DBD, a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor superfamily member DBD, a bacterial LacZ DBD, or a DBD.
  • the DBD is an ecdysone receptor (EcR) DBD [SEQ ID NO: 3 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 4 (polypeptide)], a GAL4 DBD [SEQ ID NO: 5 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 6 (polypeptide)], or a LexA DBD [(SEQ ID NO: 7 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 8 (polypeptide)].
  • EcR ecdysone receptor
  • the transactivation domain may be any Group B nuclear receptor member AD, steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor AD, synthetic or chimeric AD, polyglutamine AD, basic or acidic amino acid AD, a VP16 AD, a GAL4 AD, an NF- ⁇ B AD, a BP64 AD, a B42 acidic activation domain (B42AD), a P65 activation domain (P65AD), or an analog, combination, or modification thereof.
  • the AD is a synthetic or chimeric AD, or is obtained from an ecdysone receptor, a glucocorticoid receptor, VP16, GAL4, NF- ⁇ B, or B42 acidic activation domain AD.
  • the AD is an EcR AD [SEQ ID NO: 9 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 10 (polypeptide)], a VP16 AD [SEQ ID NO: 11 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 12 (polypeptide)], a B42 AD [SEQ ID NO: 13 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 14 (polypeptide)], or a p65 AD [SEQ ID NO: 15 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 16 (polypeptide)].
  • EcR AD SEQ ID NO: 9 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 10 (polypeptide)
  • a VP16 AD SEQ ID NO: 11 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 12 (polypeptide)
  • B42 AD SEQ ID NO: 13 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 14 (polypeptide)
  • the gene expression cassette encodes a hybrid polypeptide comprising a) a DNA-binding domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 7; a transactivation domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 13, or SEQ ID NO: 15; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention; b) a DNA-binding domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 7, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention, or c) a transactivation domain encoded by
  • the gene expression cassette encodes a hybrid polypeptide comprising a) a DNA-binding domain comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 8; a transactivation domain comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 16; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) a DNA-binding domain comprising an amino acid sequence acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 8; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention, or c) a transactivation domain comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 16; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
  • the response element may be any response element with a-known DNA binding domain, or an analog, combination, or modification thereof.
  • a single RE may be employed or multiple REs, either multiple copies of the same RE or two or more different REs, may be used in the present invention.
  • the RE is an RE from GAL4 (“GAL4RE”), LexA, a Group B nuclear receptor RE, a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor RE, or a synthetic RE that recognizes a synthetic DNA binding domain.
  • the RE is an ecdysone RE (EcRE) comprising a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, a GALORE comprising a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, or a LexA RE (operon, “op”) comprising a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 (“2XLexAopRE”).
  • EcRE ecdysone RE
  • op LexA RE
  • a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor DNA binding domain, activation domain or response element according to the invention may be obtained from a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor selected from the group consisting of thyroid hormone receptor ⁇ (TR ⁇ ), thyroid receptor 1 (c-erbA-1), thyroid hormone receptor ⁇ (TR ⁇ ), retinoic acid receptor ⁇ (RAR ⁇ ), retinoic acid receptor ⁇ (RAR ⁇ , HAP), retinoic acid receptor ⁇ (RAR ⁇ ), retinoic acid receptor gamma-like (RARD), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇ (PPAR ⁇ ), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇ (PPAR ⁇ ), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇ (PPAR ⁇ , NUC-1), peroxisome proliferator-activator related receptor (FFAR), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇ (PPAR ⁇ ), orphan receptor encoded by non-encoding strand of thyroid hormone receptor ⁇ (REVERB ⁇ ), v-erb
  • CNR-3 Choristoneura hormone receptor 3
  • CHR-3 C. elegans nuclear receptor 14
  • CNR-14 C. elegans nuclear receptor 14
  • ECR ecdysone receptor
  • UR ubiquitous receptor
  • OR-1 NER-1, receptor-interacting protein 15 (RIP-15), liver X receptor ⁇ (LXR ⁇ ), steroid hormone receptor like protein (RLD-1), liver X receptor (LXR), liver X receptor ⁇ (LXR ⁇ ), farnesoid X receptor (FXR), receptor-interacting protein 14 (RIP-14), HRR-1, vitamin D receptor (VDR), orphan nuclear receptor (ONR-1), pregnane X receptor (PXR), steroid and xenobiotic receptor (SXR), benzoate X receptor (BXR), nuclear receptor (MB-67), constitutive androstane receptor 1 (CAR-1), constitutive androstane receptor ⁇ (CAR ⁇ ), constitutive androstane receptor 2 (CAR-2), constitutive andros
  • CNR-8 C48D5, steroidogenic factor 1 (SF1), endozepine-like peptide (ELP), fushi tarazu factor 1 (FTZ-F1), adrenal 4 binding protein (AD4BP), liver receptor homolog (LRH-1), Ftz-F1-related orphan receptor A (xFFrA), Ftz-F1-related orphan receptor B (xFFrB), nuclear receptor related to LRH-1 (FFLR), nuclear receptor related to LRH-1 (PHR), fetoprotein transcription factor (FTF), germ cell nuclear factor (GCNFM), retinoid receptor-related testis-associated receptor (RTR), knirps (KNI), knirps related (KNRL), Embryonic gonad (EGON), Drosophila gene for ligand dependent nuclear receptor (EAGLE), nuclear receptor similar to trithorax (ODR7), Trithorax, dosage sensitive sex reversal adrenal hypoplasia congenit
  • the present invention also provides a gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element comprising a domain recognized by a polypeptide comprising a DNA binding domain; a promoter that is activated by a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain; and a gene whose expression is to be modulated.
  • Genes of interest for use in Applicants' gene expression cassettes may be endogenous genes or heterologous genes.
  • Nucleic acid or amino acid sequence information for a desired gene or protein can be located in one of many public access databases, for example, GENBANK, EMBL, Swiss-Prot, and PIR, or in many biology related journal publications. Thus, those skilled in the art have access to nucleic acid sequence information for virtually all known genes. Such information can then be used to construct the desired constructs for the insertion of the gene of interest within the gene expression cassettes used in Applicants' methods described herein.
  • genes of interest for use in Applicants' gene expression cassettes include, but are not limited to: genes encoding therapeutically desirable polypeptides or products that may be used to treat a condition, a disease, a disorder, a dysfunction, a genetic defect, such as monoclonal antibodies, enzymes, proteases, cytokines, interferons, insulin, erythropoietin, clotting factors, other blood factors or components, viral vectors for gene therapy, virus for vaccines, targets for drug discovery, functional genomics, and proteomics analyses and applications, and the like.
  • nuclear receptors and Group B nuclear receptors also include synthetic and chimeric nuclear receptors and Group B nuclear receptors and their homologs.
  • the novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system of the invention comprises at least one gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • These gene expression cassettes, the polynucleotides they comprise, and the polypeptides they encode are useful as components of a nuclear receptor-based gene expression system to modulate the expression of a gene within a host cell.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to an amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
  • the isolated polynucleotide encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
  • the present invention also relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation affects ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, orb) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces non-steroid ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, or b) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the present invention also relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous
  • the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances both steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity and non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention also relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation increases ligand sensitivity of a heterodimer comprising the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation and a dimerization partner.
  • the dimerization partner is an ecdysone receptor polypeptide.
  • the dimerization partner is a truncated EcR polypeptide.
  • the present invention relates to an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide according the invention, operatively linked to a transcription regulatory element.
  • the polynucleotide encoding a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is operatively linked with an expression control sequence permitting expression of the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain in an expression competent host cell.
  • the expression control sequence may comprise a promoter that is functional in the host cell in which expression is desired.
  • the vector may be a plasmid DNA molecule or a viral vector.
  • Preferred viral vectors include retrovirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, herpes virus, and vaccinia virus.
  • the invention further relates to a replication defective recombinant virus comprising in its genome, the polynucleotide encoding a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation as described above.
  • the present invention also relates to an isolated host cell comprising such an expression vector, wherein the transcription regulatory element is operative in the host cell.
  • the present invention also relates to an isolated polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention.
  • the novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system of the invention comprises at least one gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution mutation at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 or 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation is selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2,
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) an isolated polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) an isolated polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) an isolated polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) an isolated hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) an isolated hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) an isolated hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
  • the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that affects ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated Group B nuclear receptor polypeptide comprising a ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that reduces ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, orb) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces non-steroid ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, orb) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that enhances ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that enhances steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, c) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 462 of SEQ ID NO:
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that enhances non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 462 of SEQ ID NO:
  • the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q
  • the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances both steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity and non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B ligand binding domain.
  • the present invention also relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation increases ligand sensitivity of a heterodimer comprising the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation and a dimerization partner.
  • the dimerization partner is an ecdysone receptor polypeptide.
  • the dimerization partner is a truncated EcR polypeptide.
  • the present invention also relates to compositions comprising an isolated polypeptide according to the invention.
  • Applicants' invention also relates to methods of modulating gene expression in a host cell using a gene expression modulation system according to the invention.
  • Applicants' invention provides a method of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell comprising the steps of: a) introducing into the host cell a gene expression modulation system according to the invention; and b) introducing into the host cell a ligand; wherein the gene to be modulated is a component of a gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element comprising a domain recognized by the DNA binding domain of the gene expression system; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the gene expression system; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated, whereby upon introduction of the ligand into the host cell, expression of the gene is modulated.
  • the invention also provides a method of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell comprising the steps of: a) introducing into the host cell a gene expression modulation system according to the invention; b) introducing into the host cell a gene expression cassette according to the invention, wherein the gene expression cassette comprises i) a response element comprising a domain recognized by the DNA binding domain from the gene expression system; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the gene expression system; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated; and c) introducing into the host cell a ligand; whereby upon introduction of the ligand into the host cell, expression of the gene is modulated.
  • Applicants' invention also provides a method of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell comprising a gene expression cassette comprising a response element comprising a domain to which the DNA binding domain from the first hybrid polypeptide of the gene expression modulation system binds; a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the second hybrid polypeptide of the gene expression modulation system; and a gene whose expression is to be modulated; wherein the method comprises the steps of: a) introducing into the host cell a gene expression modulation system according to the invention; and b) introducing into the host cell a ligand; whereby upon introduction of the ligand into the host, expression of the gene is modulated.
  • Genes of interest for expression in a host cell using Applicants' methods may be endogenous genes or heterologous genes.
  • Nucleic acid or amino acid sequence information for a desired gene or protein can be located in one of many public access databases, for example, GENBANK, EMBL, Swiss-Prot, and PIR, or in many biology related journal publications. Thus, those skilled in the art have access to nucleic acid sequence information for virtually all known genes. Such information can then be used to construct the desired constructs for the insertion of the gene of interest within the gene expression cassettes used in Applicants' methods described herein.
  • genes of interest for expression in a host cell using Applicants' methods include, but are not limited to: antigens produced in plants as vaccines, enzymes like alpha-amylase, phytase, glucanes, xylase and xylanase, genes for resistance against insects, nematodes, fungi, bacteria, viruses, and abiotic stresses, nutraceuticals, antigens, pharmaceuticals, vitamins, genes for modifying amino acid content, herbicide resistance, cold, drought, and heat tolerance, industrial products, oils, protein, carbohydrates, antioxidants, male sterile plants, flowers, fuels, other output traits, genes encoding therapeutically desirable polypeptides or products that may be used to treat a condition, a disease, a disorder, a dysfunction, a genetic defect, such as monoclonal antibodies, enzymes, proteases, cytokines, interferons, insulin, erythropoietin, clotting factors, other blood factors or components, viral vectors for gene therapy, virus for
  • Acceptable ligands are any that modulate expression of the gene when binding of the DNA binding domain of the gene expression system according to the invention to the response element in the presence of the ligand results in activation or suppression of expression of the genes.
  • Preferred ligands include an ecdysteroid, such as ecdysone, 20-hydroxyecdysone, ponasterone A, muristerone A, and the like, 9-cis-retinoic acid, synthetic analogs of retinoic acid, N,N′-diarylhydrazines such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the ligand for use in Applicants' method of modulating expression of gene is a compound of the formula:
  • E is a (C 4 -C 6 )alkyl containing a tertiary carbon or a cyano(C 3 -C 5 )alkyl containing a tertiary carbon;
  • R 1 is H, Me, Et, i-Pr, F, formyl, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CHCl 2 , CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 OH, CH 2 OMe, CH 2 CN, CN, C ⁇ CH, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, vinyl, OH, OMe, OEt, cyclopropyl, CF 2 CF 3 , CH ⁇ CHCN, allyl, azido, SCN, or SCHF 2 ;
  • R 2 is H, Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, formyl, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CHCl 2 , CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 OH, CH 2 OMe, CH 2 CN, CN, C ⁇ CH, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, vinyl, Ac, F, CI, OH, OMe, OEt, O-n-Pr, OAc, NMe 2 , NEt 2 , SMe, SEt, SOCF 3 , OCF 2 CF 2 H, COEt, cyclopropyl, CF 2 CF 3 , CH ⁇ CHCN, allyl, azido, OCF 3 , OCHF 2 , O-i-Pr, SCN, SCHF 2 , SOMe, NH—CN, or joined with R 3 and the phenyl carbons to which R 2 and R 3 are attached to form an ethylenedioxy, a dihydrofu
  • R 3 is H, Et, or joined with R 2 and the phenyl carbons to which R 2 and R 3 are attached to form an ethylenedioxy, a dihydrofuryl ring with the oxygen adjacent to a phenyl carbon, or a dihydropyryl ring with the oxygen adjacent to a phenyl carbon;
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are independently H, Me, Et, F, Cl, Br, formyl, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CHCl 2 , CH 2 F, CH 2 Cl, CH 2 OH, CN, C ⁇ CH, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, vinyl, OMe, OEt, SMe, or SEt;
  • the ligand for use in Applicants' method of modulating expression of gene is an ecdysone, 20-hydroxyecdysone, ponasterone A, or muristerone A.
  • the ligand for use in Applicants' method of modulating expression of gene is a 9-cis-retinoic acid, 4-(1-(3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-napthyl)-ethenyl)benzoic acid (3-methyl-TTEB), ((E)-2)-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrat-hydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2-napthyl)propen-1-yl)-4-thiophenecarboxylic acid), 2-(5,6,7,8-tetra-hydro-3,5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthyl)-2-(carboxyphenyl)-1,3-dioxolane, 4-(5H-2,3-(2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexano)-5-methyl-dibenzo (b,e) (1,4)diazepin-11-yl)-
  • a second ligand may be used in addition to the first ligand discussed above in Applicants' method of modulating expression of a gene.
  • this second ligand is 9-cis-retinoic acid or a synthetic analog of retinoic acid.
  • the gene expression modulation system of the present invention may be used to modulate gene expression in a host cell.
  • Expression in transgenic host cells may be useful for the expression of various genes of interest.
  • Applicants' invention provides for modulation of gene expression in prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells.
  • Expression in transgenic host cells is useful for the expression of various polypeptides of interest including but not limited to antigens produced in plants as vaccines, enzymes like alpha-amylase, phytase, glucanes, xylase and xylanase, genes for resistance against insects, nematodes, fungi, bacteria, viruses, and abiotic stresses, nutraceuticals, antigens, pharmaceuticals, vitamins, genes for modifying amino acid content, herbicide resistance, cold, drought, and heat tolerance, industrial products, oils, protein, carbohydrates, antioxidants, male sterile plants, flowers, fuels, other output traits, therapeutic polypeptides, pathway intermediates; for the modulation of pathways already existing in the host for the synthesis of new products heretofore not possible using the host; cell based assays; functional genomics assays, biotherapeutic protein production, proteomics assays, and the like. Additionally the gene products may be useful for conferring higher growth yields of the host or for enabling an alternative growth mode to be utilized.
  • Applicants' invention provides an isolated host cell comprising a gene expression system according to the invention.
  • the present invention also provides an isolated host cell comprising a gene expression cassette according to the invention.
  • Applicants' invention also provides an isolated host cell comprising a polynucleotide or a polypeptide according to the invention.
  • the invention relates to a host cell transfected with an expression vector according to the invention.
  • the host cell may be a bacterial cell, a fungal cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a fish cell, a plant cell, an avian cell, an animal cell, or a mammalian cell.
  • the invention relates to a method for producing a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the method comprises culturing the host cell as described above in culture medium under conditions permitting expression of a polynucleotide encoding the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, and isolating the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation from the culture.
  • the isolated host cell is a prokaryotic host cell or a eukaryotic host cell.
  • the isolated host cell is an invertebrate host cell or a vertebrate host cell.
  • the host cell is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial cell, a fungal cell, a yeast cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a fish cell, a plant cell, an avian cell, an animal cell, and a mammalian cell.
  • the host cell is a yeast cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a plant cell, a zebrafish cell, a chicken cell, a hamster cell, a mouse cell, a rat cell, a rabbit cell, a cat cell, a dog cell, a bovine cell, a goat cell, a cow cell, a pig cell, a horse cell, a sheep cell, a simian cell, a monkey cell, a chimpanzee cell, or a human cell.
  • Examples of preferred host cells include, but are not limited to, fungal or yeast species such as Aspergillus, Trichoderma, Saccharomyces, Pichia, Candida, Hansenula , or bacterial species such as those in the genera Synechocystis, Synechococcus, Salmonella, Bacillus, Acinetobacter, Rhodococcus, Streptomyces, Escherichia, Pseudomonas, Methylomonas, Methylobacter, Alcaligenes, Synechocystis, Anabaena, Thiobacillus, Methanobacterium and Klebsiella , plant species selected from the group consisting of an apple, Arabidopsis , bajra, banana, barley, beans, beet, blackgram, chickpea, chili, cucumber, eggplant, favabean, maize, melon, millet, mungbean, oat, okra, Panicum , papaya
  • the host cell is a yeast cell selected from the group consisting of a Saccharomyces , a Pichia , and a Candida host cell.
  • the host cell is a Caenorhabdus elegans nematode cell.
  • the host cell is an insect cell.
  • the host cell is a plant cell selected from the group consisting of an apple, Arabidopsis , bajra, banana, barley, beans, beet, blackgram, chickpea, chili, cucumber, eggplant, favabean, maize, melon, millet, mungbean, oat, okra, Panicum , papaya, peanut, pea, pepper, pigeonpea, pineapple, Phaseolus , potato, pumpkin, rice, sorghum, soybean, squash, sugarcane, sugarbeet, sunflower, sweet potato, tea, tomato, tobacco, watermelon, and wheat cell.
  • the host cell is a zebrafish cell.
  • the host cell is a chicken cell.
  • the host cell is a mammalian cell selected from the group consisting of a hamster cell, a mouse cell, a rat cell, a rabbit cell, a cat cell, a dog cell, a bovine cell, a goat cell, a cow cell, a pig cell, a horse cell, a sheep cell, a monkey cell, a chimpanzee cell and a human cell.
  • Host cell transformation is well known in the art and may be achieved by a variety of methods including but not limited to electroporation, viral infection, plasmid/vector transfection, non-viral vector mediated transfection, Agrobacterium -mediated transformation particle bombardment, and the like.
  • Expression of desired gene products involves culturing the transformed host cells under suitable conditions and inducing expression of the transformed gene.
  • Culture conditions and gene expression protocols in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells are well known in the art (see General Methods section of Examples). Cells may be harvested and the gene products isolated according to protocols specific for the gene product.
  • a host cell may be chosen which modulates the expression of the inserted polynucleotide, or modifies and processes the polypeptide product in the specific fashion desired.
  • Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the translational and post-translational processing and modification [e.g., glycosylation, cleavage (e.g., of signal sequence)] of proteins.
  • Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the desired modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed.
  • expression in a bacterial system can be used to produce a non-glycosylated core protein product.
  • a polypeptide expressed in bacteria may not be properly folded.
  • Expression in yeast can produce a glycosylated product.
  • Expression in eukaryotic cells can increase the likelihood of “native” glycosylation and folding of a heterologous protein.
  • expression in mammalian cells can provide a tool for reconstituting, or constituting, the polypeptide's activity.
  • different vector/host expression systems may affect processing reactions, such as proteolytic cleavages, to a different extent.
  • Applicants' invention also relates to a non-human organism comprising an isolated host cell according to the invention.
  • the non-human organism is a prokaryotic organism or a eukaryotic organism.
  • the non-human organism is an invertebrate organism or a vertebrate organism.
  • the non-human organism is selected from the group consisting of a bacterium, a fungus, a yeast, a nematode, an insect, a fish, a plant, a bird, an animal, and a mammal. More preferably, the non-human organism is a yeast, a nematode, an insect, a plant, a zebrafish, a chicken, a hamster, a mouse, a rat, a rabbit, a cat, a dog, a bovine, a goat, a cow, a pig, a horse, a sheep, a simian, a monkey, or a chimpanzee.
  • the non-human organism is a yeast selected from the group consisting of Saccharomyces, Pichia , and Candida.
  • the non-human organism is a Caenorhabdus elegans nematode.
  • the non-human organism is a plant selected from the group consisting of an apple, Arabidopsis , bajra, banana, barley, beans, beet, blackgram, chickpea, chili, cucumber, eggplant, favabean, maize, melon, millet, mungbean, oat, okra, Panicum , papaya, peanut, pea, pepper, pigeonpea, pineapple, Phaseolus , potato, pumpkin, rice, sorghum, soybean, squash, sugarcane, sugarbeet, sunflower, sweet potato, tea, tomato, tobacco, watermelon, and wheat.
  • the non-human organism is a Mus musculus mouse.
  • RNA preferably mRNA species.
  • Such measurements are conveniently conducted by measuring cDNA abundances by any of several existing gene expression technologies.
  • Nucleic acid array technology is a useful technique for determining differential mRNA expression.
  • Such technology includes, for example, oligonucleotide chips and DNA microarrays. These techniques rely on DNA fragments or oligonucleotides which correspond to different genes or cDNAs which are immobilized on a solid support and hybridized to probes prepared from total mRNA pools extracted from cells, tissues, or whole organisms and converted to cDNA.
  • Oligonucleotide chips are arrays of oligonucleotides synthesized on a substrate using photolithographic techniques. Chips have been produced which can analyze for up to 1700 genes.
  • DNA microarrays are arrays of DNA samples, typically PCR products, that are robotically printed onto a microscope slide.
  • oligonucleotide chips typically utilize 25-mer oligonucleotides which allow fractionation of short DNA molecules whereas the larger DNA targets of microarrays, approximately 1000 base pairs, may provide more sensitivity in fractionating complex DNA mixtures.
  • Another useful measurement of Applicants' methods of the invention is that of determining the translation state of the cell by measuring the abundances of the constituent protein species present in the cell using processes well known in the art.
  • an assay may be employed in which changes in such functions as cell growth, apoptosis, senescence, differentiation, adhesion, binding to a specific molecules, binding to another cell, cellular organization, organogenesis, intracellular transport, transport facilitation, energy conversion, metabolism, myogenesis, neurogenesis, and/or hematopoiesis is measured.
  • selectable marker or reporter gene expression may be used to measure gene expression modulation using Applicants' invention.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • SDA strand displacement amplification
  • transcription-based amplification and the like.
  • PCR is carried out in accordance with known techniques in which, for example, a nucleic acid sample is treated in the presence of a heat stable DNA polymerase, under hybridizing conditions, with one pair of oligonucleotide primers, with one primer hybridizing to one strand (template) of the specific sequence to be detected.
  • the primers are sufficiently complementary to each template strand of the specific sequence to hybridize therewith.
  • An extension product of each primer is synthesized and is complementary to the nucleic acid template strand to which it hybridized.
  • the extension product synthesized from each primer can also serve as a template for further synthesis of extension products using the same primers.
  • the sample may be analyzed as described above to assess whether the sequence or sequences to be detected are present.
  • the present invention also relates to methods of screening for a compound that induces or represses transactivation of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation in a cell by contacting a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain with a candidate molecule and detecting reporter gene activity in the presence of the ligand.
  • Candidate compounds may be either agonists or antagonists of the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
  • the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is expressed from a polynucleotide in the cell and the transactivation activity (i.e., expression or repression of a reporter gene) or compound binding activity is measured.
  • the present invention contemplates an alternative method for identifying specific ligands of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain using various screening assays known in the art.
  • a suitable cell line comprising a nuclear receptor-based gene expression system according to the invention can be transfected with a gene expression cassette encoding a marker gene operatively linked to an inducible or repressible promoter.
  • the transfected cells are then exposed to a test solution comprising a candidate agonist or antagonist compound, and then assayed for marker gene expression or repression.
  • the presence of more marker gene expression relative to control cells not exposed to the test solution is an indication of the presence of an agonist compound in the test solution.
  • the presence of less marker gene expression relative to control cells not exposed to the test solution is an indication of the presence of an antagonist compound in the test solution.
  • the present invention contemplates screens for small molecule ligands or ligand analogs and mimics, as well as screens for natural ligands that bind to and agonize or antagonize a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain according to the invention in vivo.
  • natural products libraries can be screened using assays of the invention for molecules that agonize or antagonize nuclear receptor-based gene expression system activity.
  • Identification and screening of antagonists is further facilitated by determining structural features of the protein, e.g., using X-ray crystallography, neutron diffraction, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry, and other techniques for structure determination. These techniques provide for the rational design or identification of agonists and antagonists.
  • synthetic libraries [Needels et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10700-4 (1993); Ohlmeyer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10922-10926 (1993); Lam et al., International Patent Publication. No. WO 92/00252; Kocis et al., International Patent Publication No. WO 9428028, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety], and the like can be used to screen for candidate ligands according to the present invention.
  • the screening can be performed with recombinant cells that express a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain according to the invention, or alternatively, using purified protein, e.g.; produced recombinantly, as described above.
  • purified protein e.g.; produced recombinantly, as described above.
  • labeled, soluble nuclear receptor ligand binding domains can be used to screen libraries, as described in the foregoing references.
  • a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain according to the invention may be directly labeled.
  • a labeled secondary reagent may be used to detect binding of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain of the invention to a molecule of interest, e.g., a molecule attached to a solid phase support. Binding may be detected by in situ formation of a chromophore by an enzyme label. Suitable enzymes include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase and horseradish peroxidase.
  • a two-color assay using two chromogenic substrates with two enzyme labels on different acceptor molecules of interest, may be used. Cross-reactive and singly-reactive ligands may be identified with a two-color assay.
  • labels for use in the invention include colored latex beads, magnetic beads, fluorescent labels (e.g., fluorescene isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), Texas red (TR), rhodamine, free or chelated lanthanide series salts, especially Eu 3+ , to name a few fluorophores), chemiluminescent molecules, radio-isotopes, or magnetic resonance imaging labels.
  • fluorescent labels e.g., fluorescene isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), Texas red (TR), rhodamine, free or chelated lanthanide series salts, especially Eu 3+ , to name a few fluorophores
  • Two color assays may be performed with two or more colored latex beads, or fluorophores that emit at different wavelengths. Labeled molecules or cells may be detected visually or by mechanical/optical means. Mechanical/optical means include fluorescence activated sorting, i.e., analog
  • Applicants have developed a novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Applicants have shown that the effect of such a substitution mutation may increase ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity and may be steroid or non-steroid specific.
  • Applicants' invention provides a Group B nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system useful for modulating expression of a gene of interest in a host cell.
  • Applicants' novel inducible gene expression system and its use in methods of modulating gene expression in a host cell overcome the limitations of currently available inducible expression systems and provide the skilled artisan with an effective means to control gene expression.
  • Applicants' novel substitution mutated nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides are useful in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene modulation system for various applications including but not limited to gene therapy, expression of proteins of interest in host cells, production of transgenic organisms, and cell-based assays.
  • Manipulations of genetic sequences may be accomplished using the suite of programs available from the Genetics Computer Group Inc. (Wisconsin Package Version 9.0, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), Madison, Wis.). Where the GCG program “Pileup” is used the gap creation default value of 12, and the gap extension default value of 4 may be used. Where the CGC “Gap” or “Bestfit” program is used the default gap creation penalty of 50 and the default gap extension penalty of 3 may be used. In any case where GCG program parameters are not prompted for, in these or any other GCG program, default values may be used.
  • This Example describes the construction of several gene expression cassettes comprising novel substitution mutated Group B nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention for use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system.
  • Applicants constructed several gene expression cassettes based on the spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR (“CfEcR”), mouse Mus musculus retinoid X receptor ⁇ (“MmRXR ⁇ ”), human Homo sapiens retinoid X receptor ⁇ (“HsRXR ⁇ ”), locust Locusta migratoria ultraspiracle protein (referred to herein interchangeably as “LmUSP” or “LmRXR”), which is an invertebrate RXR homolog of vertebrate RXR, and C.
  • CfEcR spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR
  • MmRXR ⁇ mouse Mus musculus retinoid X receptor ⁇
  • the prepared receptor constructs comprise a ligand binding domain of either an EcR, an invertebrate USP, a vertebrate RXR, or an invertebrate RXR; and a GAL4 DNA binding domain (DBD) or a VP16 transactivation domain (AD).
  • the reporter constructs include a reporter gene, luciferase or LacZ ( ⁇ -galactosidase), operably linked to a synthetic promoter construct that comprises a GAL4 response element to which the Ga14 DBD binds.
  • Various combinations of these receptor and reporter constructs were cotransfected into mammalian cells as described in Examples 2-4 infra.
  • GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16LmUSP-EF The wild-type D, E, and F domains from spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR (“CfEcR-DEF”; SEQ ID NO: 20) were fused to a GAL4 DNA binding domain (“Gal4DNABD” or “Gal4 DBD”; SEQ ID NO: 5) and placed under the control of an SV40e promoter (SEQ ID NO: 21).
  • LmUSP-EF locust Locusta migratoria ultraspiracle protein
  • VP16AD locust Locusta migratoria ultraspiracle protein
  • SEQ ID NO: 21 The E and F domains from locust Locusta migratoria ultraspiracle protein (“LmUSP-EF”; SEQ ID NO: 22) were fused to the transactivation domain from VP16 (“VP16AD”; SEQ ID NO: 11) and placed under the control of an SV40e promoter (SEQ ID NO: 21).
  • 5XGAL4RE consensus GAL4 response element binding sites
  • GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16MmRXR ⁇ -EF This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.1 above except LmUSP-EF was replaced with the E and F domains of MmRXR ⁇ (“MmRXR ⁇ -EF”; SEQ ID NO: 25).
  • GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16mutantMmRXR ⁇ -EF This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.2 above except wild-type MmRXR ⁇ -EF was replaced with mutant MmRXR ⁇ -EF comprising a ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation selected from Table 1 below.
  • HsRXR ⁇ Homo sapiens Retinoid X Receptor ⁇
  • LBD Ligand Binding Domain
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 G321L/ Glycine (G) to Leucine (L), 321, 322, and 323 P322R/ Proline (P) to Arginine (R), and respectively G323V Glycine (G) to Valine (V) T337S Threonine (T) to Serine (S) 337 D344N Aspartic Acid (D) to Asparagine (N) 344 K355R Lysine (K) to Arginine (R) 355 S385A Serine (S) to Alanine (A) 385 M431L Methionine (M) to Leucine (L) 431 R442K Argin
  • Each one of the amino acid substitution mutations listed in Tables 1 and 2 was constructed in an RXR cDNA by PCR mediated site-directed mutagenesis.
  • One double point mutant RXR LBD see Table 1
  • four different triple point mutant RXR LBDs see Table 2
  • one quadruple point mutant RXR LBD see Table 2
  • one quintuple point mutant RXR LBD see Table 2
  • PCR site-directed mutagenesis was performed using the Quikchange site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) using the reaction conditions and cycling parameters as follows. PCR site-directed mutagenesis was performed using 1 ⁇ reaction buffer (supplied by manufacturer), 50 ng of dsDNA template, 125 ng of forward primer (FP), 125 ng of reverse complementary primer (RCP), and 1 ⁇ l of dNTP mix (supplied by manufacturer) in a final reaction volume of 50 ⁇ L.
  • the forward primer and reverse complementary primer pairs used to produce each RXR substitution mutation are presented in Tables 3 and 4.
  • the cycling parameters used consisted of one cycle of denaturing at 95° C. for 30 seconds, followed by 16 cycles of denaturing at 95° C. for 30 seconds, annealing at 55° C. for 1 minute, and extending at 68° C. for 22 minutes.
  • the resulting PCR nucleic acid products encoding the mutant RXR ligand binding domains were then each fused to a VP16 transactivation domain as described in Examples 1.3 and 1.6 above.
  • the VP16/mutant RXR receptor constructs were tested for activity by transfecting them into NIH3T3 cells along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF and pFRLuc in the presence of non-steroid ligand.
  • the non-steroidal ligand N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine (GSTM-E) is a synthetic stable ecdysteroid ligand synthesized at Rohm and Haas Company. The ligand was dissolved in DMSO and the final concentration of DMSO was maintained at 0.1% in both controls and treatments.
  • Transfections DNAs corresponding to the various switch constructs outlined in Example 1.1-1.6 were transfected into mouse NIH3T3 cells (ATCC) as follows. Standard methods for culture and maintenance of the cells were followed.
  • Cells were harvested when they reached 50% confluency and plated in 6-, 12- or 24-well plates at 125,000, 50,000, or 25,000 cells, respectively, in 2.5, 1.0, or 0.5 ml of growth medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), respectively. The next day, the cells were rinsed with growth medium and transfected for four hours. SuperfectTM (Qiagen Inc.) was used as the transfection reagent. For 12-well plates, 4 ⁇ l of SuperfectTM was mixed with 100 ⁇ l growth medium. One ⁇ g of reporter construct and 0.25 ⁇ g of each receptor construct of the receptor pair to be analyzed were added to the transfection mix.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • a second reporter construct was added [pTKRL (Promega), 0.1 ⁇ g/transfection mix] that comprises a Renilla luciferase gene operably linked and placed under the control of a thymidine kinase (TK) constitutive promoter and was used for normalization.
  • the contents of the transfection mix were mixed in a vortex mixer and let stand at room temperature for 30 minutes. At the end of incubation, the transfection mix was added to the cells maintained in 400 ⁇ l growth medium. The cells were maintained at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 for four hours.
  • the plates were placed on a rotary shaker for 15 minutes. Twenty ⁇ l of lysate were assayed. Luciferase activity was measured using Dual-luciferaseTM reporter assay system from Promega Corporation following the manufacturer's instructions. ⁇ -Galactosidase was measured using Galacto-StarTM assay kit from TROPIX following the manufacturer's instructions. All luciferase and ⁇ -galactosidase activities were normalized using Renilla luciferase as a standard. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
  • RLU relative light units
  • CfEcR ecdysone receptor
  • LSP ultraspiracle
  • RXR homolog retinoid X receptor
  • Ligand inducibility of this EcR-based transactivation depends on its heterodimerizing partner. As previously shown by Applicants, transactivation through CfEcR in partnership with insect USPs is ligand independent, whereas transactivation through CfEcR in partnership with invertebrate or vertebrate RXRs is ligand dependent (see pending U.S.
  • This Example describes the identification of three MmRXR ⁇ ligand binding domain substitution mutants that exhibit improved ligand sensitivity in response to non-steroidal ligand. Briefly, Applicants constructed three mouse RXR isoform cc ligand binding domain substitution mutants and created VP16/mutantMmRXR ⁇ -EF cDNA gene expression cassettes as described in Example 1 above using the Quikchange PCR-mediated site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.).
  • the mutated cDNAs were tested along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF in GAL4-driven luciferase reporter assays and the results were compared to wild type VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -EF and VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -LmUSPchimera-EF switches in mouse NIH3T3 cells.
  • Transfections DNAs corresponding to the various switch constructs outlined in Example 1, specifically switches 1.1-1.4, were transfected into mouse NIH3T3 cells (ATCC) as follows. Cells were harvested when they reached 50% confluency and plated in 24 well plates at 12,500 cells/well in 0.5 ml of growth medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). The next day, the cells were rinsed with growth medium and transfected for four hours. SuperfectTM (Qiagen Inc.) was found to be the best transfection reagent for 3T3 cells.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • Two ⁇ l of SuperfectTM was mixed with 100 ⁇ l of growth medium and 50 ng of GAL4/CfEcR-DEF cassette, 50 ng of: VP16/LmUSP-EF, VP16/wild-typeMmRXR ⁇ -EF, VP16/MmRXR ⁇ -LmUSPchimera-EF, or VP16/mutantMmRXR ⁇ -EF, and 200 ng of pFRLuc were added to the transfection mix.
  • a second reporter construct was added [pTKRL (Promega), 0.05 ⁇ g/transfection mix] that comprises a Renilla luciferase gene operably linked and placed under the control of a thymidine kinase (TK) constitutive promoter and was used for normalization.
  • the contents of the transfection mix were mixed in a vortex mixer and let stand at room temperature for 30 min. At the end of incubation, the transfection mix was added to the cells maintained in 200 ⁇ l growth medium. The cells were maintained at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 for four hours.
  • invertebrate RXRs bind EcR and transactivate reporters at higher levels than those achieved by vertebrate RXRs in mammalian cells.
  • vertebrate RXRs provide lower background levels in the absence of ligand.
  • Applicants compared the amino acid sequences from ligand binding domains of vertebrate RXRs and invertebrate RXRs and have identified two particular amino acids that are conserved in all vertebrate RXRs but are different in invertebrate RXRs. Applicants determined whether replacing a vertebrate RXR amino acid with an invertebrate RXR amino acid would result in higher activity upon induction, but still provide low background in the absence of ligand.
  • MmRXR ⁇ -EF isoform ⁇
  • the E401D mutant behaved more like an invertebrate RXR than a vertebrate RXR by demonstrating both higher background and higher induction levels (see FIG. 1 ).
  • the G429S mutant behaved more like an invertebrate RXR, demonstrating increased sensitivity to ligand but less background (see FIG. 1 ).
  • DM double mutants
  • MmRXR ⁇ -EF Three independent clones of these double mutants (DM) were analyzed in NIH3T3 cells and compared with each single point mutant alone, MmRXR ⁇ -EF, and a chimeric vertebrate RXR/invertebrate RXR (see FIG. 2 ).
  • These novel double substitution mutants provide an advantageous RXR
  • LmRXR invertebrate RXR
  • LmUSP also referred to herein as LmRXR
  • Applicants have aligned the polypeptide sequences of the LmRXR and HsRXR ⁇ ligand binding domains (domains EF) and identified amino acid residues that are different between these two proteins.
  • This Example describes Applicants' analysis of HsRXR ⁇ substitution mutants in which LmRXR amino acids were substituted in place of the wild-type residues in HsRXR ⁇ .
  • Applicants have now identified several substitution mutants that modify both the sensitivity and magnitude of induction of a CfEcR-based inducible gene expression system in mammalian cells.
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF human RXR isoform ⁇ -EF
  • amino acids that are different in HsRXR ⁇ -EF compared to the invertebrate RXR homolog LmUSP-EF were mutated to the LmUSP-EF amino acid residue and assayed for their effect on transactivation activity in NIH3T3 cells as described in Example 2 above in the presence of 0, 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 ⁇ M GSTM-E [N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine] non-steroidal ligand.
  • the cells were harvested and reporter activity was assayed as described above. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
  • RLU normalized relative light units
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants T/S, DAK/EVR, SNPS/KSAQ, V/L, S/A, T/E, CKQKY/TRTTH, and EQQ/DEP improved fold induction and magnitude of induction.
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants DAK/EVR, SNPS/KSAQ, V/L, S/A, T/E, CKQKY/TRTTH, and EQQ/DEP also improved non-steroid ligand sensitivity (see FIG. 3 ).
  • FIG. 3 also show that HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants D344N, A495S (labeled as A/S with a fold induction of 30), and A528S (labeled as A/S with a fold induction of 21) exhibit reduced fold induction, magnitude of induction, and/or ligand sensitivity compared to wild-type.
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants respond better than wild-type HsRXR ⁇ -EF in the presence of a steroid ligand, ponasterone A (Invitrogen), similar to their response to GSTM-E presented in FIG. 3 (data not shown).
  • a CfEcR-based gene regulation system is ligand dependent when RXRs are used as the heterodimeric partner and ligand independent when USPs are used as the heterodimeric partner.
  • reporter gene expression is induced at very high levels when CfUSP is used as the heterodimeric partner.
  • domains EF the polypeptide sequences of several USP and RXR ligand binding domains
  • Applicants identified residues that are conserved in all USPs but are different in RXRs and mutated these residues in HsRXR ⁇ .
  • substitution mutants were analyzed in NIH3T3 cells as described in Example 2 above in the presence of 0, 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 ⁇ M GSTM-E [N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine] non-steroidal ligand.
  • the cells were harvested and reporter activity was assayed as described above. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
  • RLU relative light units
  • this Example describes the construction and analysis of substitution mutants in human RXR isoform ⁇ -EF (HsRXR ⁇ -EF), wherein amino acids that are different in HsRXR ⁇ -EF compared to conserved residues of ultraspiracle proteins were mutated to the USP amino acid residue and assayed for their effect on transactivation activity in NIH3T3 cells.
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants GPG/LRV, K/R, S/A, and G/S improved fold induction and the magnitude of induction of EcR-based gene regulation system.
  • the HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants GPG/LRV, S/A, E/D, SET/ADY, and G/S improved ligand sensitivity of the EcR-based gene regulation system see FIG. 4 ).
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants M431L, R442K, and K511R exhibit reduced fold induction, magnitude of induction, and/or ligand sensitivity compared to wild-type.
  • the HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutant M/L. essentially eliminated transactivation activity (see FIG. 4 ). This M/L mutant is useful in orthogonal ligand screening assays.
  • HsRXR ⁇ -EF substitution mutants respond better than wild-type HsRXR ⁇ -EF in the presence of a steroid ligand, ponasterone A (Invitrogen), similar to their response to GSTM-E presented in FIG. 4 (data not shown).

Abstract

This invention relates to the field of biotechnology or genetic engineering. Specifically, this invention relates to the field of gene expression. More specifically, this invention relates to novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system and methods of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell for applications such as gene therapy, large scale production of proteins and antibodies, cell-based high throughput screening assays, functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenic organisms.

Description

This application is the U.S. national phase of International Application No. PCT/US02/005708, filed Feb. 20, 2002, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/269,799, filed Feb. 20, 2001; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/313,908, filed Aug. 21, 2001.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to the field of biotechnology or genetic engineering. Specifically, this invention relates to the field of gene expression. More specifically, this invention relates to novel nuclear receptors comprising a substitution mutation and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system and methods of modulating the expression of a gene within a host cell using this inducible gene expression system.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Various publications are cited herein, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties. However, the citation of any reference herein should not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as “Prior Art” to the instant application.
In the field of genetic engineering, precise control of gene expression is a valuable tool for studying, manipulating, and controlling development and other physiological processes. Gene expression is a complex biological process involving a number of specific protein-protein interactions. In order for gene expression to be triggered, such that it produces the RNA necessary as the first step in protein synthesis, a transcriptional activator must be brought into proximity of a promoter that controls gene transcription. Typically, the transcriptional activator itself is associated with a protein that has at least one DNA binding domain that binds to DNA binding sites present in the promoter regions of genes. Thus, for gene expression to occur, a protein comprising a DNA binding domain and a transactivation domain located at an appropriate distance from the DNA binding domain must be brought into the correct position in the promoter region of the gene.
The traditional transgenic approach utilizes a cell-type specific promoter to drive the expression of a designed transgene. A DNA construct containing the transgene is first incorporated into a host genome. When triggered by a transcriptional activator, expression of the transgene occurs in a given cell type.
Another means to regulate expression of foreign genes in cells is through inducible promoters. Examples of the use of such inducible promoters include the PR1-a promoter, prokaryotic repressor-operator systems, immunosuppressive-immunophilin systems, and higher eukaryotic transcription activation systems such as steroid hormone receptor systems and are described below.
The PR1-a promoter from tobacco is induced during the systemic acquired resistance response following pathogen attack. The use of PR1-a may be limited because it often responds to endogenous materials and external factors such as pathogens, UV-B radiation, and pollutants. Gene regulation systems based on promoters induced by heat shock, interferon and heavy metals have been described (Wurn et al., 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 5414-5418; Arnheiter et al., 1990, Cell 62: 51-61; Filmus et al., 1992 Nucleic Acids Research 20: 27550-27560). However, these systems have limitations due to their effect on expression of non-target genes. These systems are also leaky.
Prokaryotic repressor-operator systems utilize bacterial repressor proteins and the unique operator DNA sequences to which they bind. Both the tetracycline (“Tet”) and lactose (“Lac”) repressor-operator systems from the bacterium Escherichia coli have been used in plants and animals to control gene expression. In the Tet system, tetracycline binds to the TetR repressor protein, resulting in a conformational change that releases the repressor protein from the operator which as a result allows transcription to occur. In the Lac system, a lac operon is activated in response to the presence of lactose, or synthetic analogs such as isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactoside. Unfortunately, the use of such systems is restricted by unstable chemistry of the ligands, i.e. tetracycline and lactose, their toxicity, their natural presence, or the relatively high levels required for induction or repression. For similar reasons, utility of such systems in animals is limited.
Immunosuppressive molecules such as FK506, rapamycin and cyclosporine A can bind to immunophilins FKBP12, cyclophilin, etc. Using this information, a general strategy has been devised to bring together any two proteins simply by placing FK506 on each of the two proteins or by placing FK506 on one and cyclosporine A on another one. A synthetic homodimer of FK506 (FK1012) or a compound resulted from fusion of FK506-cyclosporine (FKCsA) can then be used to induce dimerization of these molecules (Spencer et al., 1993, Science 262: 1019-24; Belshaw et al., 1996, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 93: 4604-7). Gal4 DNA binding domain fused to FKBP12 and VP16 activator domain fused to cyclophilin, and FKCsA compound were used to show heterodimerization and activation of a reporter gene under the control of a promoter containing Gal4 binding sites. Unfortunately, this system includes immunosuppressants that can have unwanted side effects and therefore, limit its use for various mammalian gene switch applications.
Higher eukaryotic transcription activation systems such as steroid hormone receptor systems have also been employed. Steroid hormone receptors are members of the nuclear receptor superfamily and are found in vertebrate and invertebrate cells. Unfortunately, use of steroidal compounds that activate the receptors for the regulation of gene expression, particularly in plants and mammals, is limited due to their involvement in many other natural biological pathways in such organisms. In order to overcome such difficulties, an alternative system has been developed using insect ecdysone receptors (EcR).
Growth, molting, and development in insects are regulated by the ecdysone steroid hormone (molting hormone) and the juvenile hormones (Dhadialla, et al., 1998, Annu. Rev. Entomol. 43: 545-569). The molecular target for ecdysone in insects consists of at least ecdysone receptor (EcR) and ultraspiracle protein (USP). EcR is a member of the nuclear steroid receptor super family that is characterized by signature DNA and ligand binding domains, and an activation domain (Koelle et al. 1991, Cell, 67:59-77). EcR receptors are responsive to a number of steroidal compounds such as ponasterone A and muristerone A. Recently, non-steroidal compounds with ecdysteroid agonist activity have been described, including the commercially available insecticides tebufenozide and methoxyfenozide that are marketed world wide by Rohm and Haas Company (see International Patent Application No. PCT/EP96/00686 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,530,028). Both analogs have exceptional safety profiles to other organisms.
The insect ecdysone receptor (EcR) heterodimerizes with Ultraspiracle (USP), the insect homologue of the mammalian RXR, and binds ecdysteroids and ecdysone receptor response elements and activate transcription of ecdysone responsive genes (Riddiford et al., 2000). The EcR/USP/ligand complexes play important roles during insect development and reproduction. The EcR is a member of the steroid hormone receptor superfamily and has five modular domains, A/B (transactivation), C (DNA binding, heterodimerization)), D (Hinge, heterodimerization), E (ligand binding, heterodimerization and transactivation and F (transactivation) domains. Some of these domains such as A/B, C and E retain their function when they are fused to other proteins.
Tightly regulated inducible gene expression systems or “gene switches” are useful for various applications such as gene therapy, large scale production of proteins in cells, cell based high throughput screening assays, functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenic plants and animals.
The first version of EcR-based gene switch used Drosophila melanogaster EcR (DmEcR) and Mus musculus RXR (MmRXR) and showed that these receptors in the presence of steroid, ponasteroneA, transactivate reporter genes in mammalian cell lines and transgenic mice (Christopherson et al., 1992; No et al., 1996). Later, Suhr et al., 1998 showed that non-steroidal ecdysone agonist, tebufenozide, induced high level of transactivation of reporter genes in mammalian cells through Bombyx mori EcR (BmEcR) in the absence of exogenous heterodimer partner.
International Patent Applications No. PCT/US97/05330 (WO 97/38117) and PCT/US99/08381 (WO99/58155) disclose methods for modulating the expression of an exogenous gene in which a DNA construct comprising the exogenous gene and an ecdysone response element is activated by a second DNA construct comprising an ecdysone receptor that, in the presence of a ligand therefor, and optionally in the presence of a receptor capable of acting as a silent partner, binds to the ecdysone response element to induce gene expression. The ecdysone receptor of choice was isolated from Drosophila melanogaster. Typically, such systems require the presence of the silent partner, preferably retinoid X receptor (RXR), in order to provide optimum activation. In mammalian cells, insect ecdysone receptor (EcR) heterodimerizes with retinoid X receptor (RXR) and regulates expression of target genes in a ligand dependent manner. International Patent Application No. PCT/US98/14215 (WO 99/02683) discloses that the ecdysone receptor isolated from the silk moth Bombyx mori is functional in mammalian systems without the need for an exogenous dimer partner.
U.S. Pat. No. 6,265,173 B1 discloses that various members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors can combine with Drosophila melanogaster ultraspiracle receptor (USP) or fragments thereof comprising at least the dimerization domain of USP for use in a gene expression system. U.S. Pat. No. 5,880,333 discloses a Drosophila melanogaster EcR and ultraspiracle (USP) heterodimer system used in plants in which the transactivation domain and the DNA binding domain are positioned on two different hybrid proteins. Unfortunately, these USP-based systems are constitutive in animal cells and therefore, are not effective for regulating reporter gene expression.
In each of these cases, the transactivation domain and the DNA binding domain (either as native EcR as in International Patent Application No. PCT/US98/14215 or as modified EcR as in International Patent Application No. PCT/US97/05330) were incorporated into a single molecule and the other heterodimeric partners, either USP or RXR, were used in their native state.
Drawbacks of the above described EcR-based gene regulation systems include a considerable background activity in the absence of ligands and non-applicability of these systems for use in both plants and animals (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,880,333 and 6,265,173 B1).
For most applications that rely on modulating gene expression, these EcR-based systems are undesirable. Therefore, a need exists in the art for improved systems to precisely modulate the expression of exogenous genes in both plants and animals. Such improved systems would be useful for applications such as gene therapy, large-scale production of proteins and antibodies, cell-based high throughput screening assays, functional genomics and regulation of traits in transgenic animals. Improved systems that are simple, compact, and dependent on ligands that are relatively inexpensive, readily available, and of low toxicity to the host would prove useful for regulating biological systems.
Recently, Applicants have shown that an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system in which the transactivation and DNA binding domains are separated from each other by placing them on two different proteins results in greatly reduced background activity in the absence of a ligand and significantly increased activity over background in the presence of a ligand (pending application PCT/US01/09050, incorporated herein in its entirety by reference). This two-hybrid system is a significantly improved inducible gene expression modulation system compared to the systems disclosed in applications PCT/US97/05330 and PCT/US98/14215. The two-hybrid system exploits the ability of a pair of interacting proteins to bring the transcription activation domain into a more favorable position relative to the DNA binding domain such that when the DNA binding domain binds to the DNA binding site on the gene, the transactivation domain more effectively activates the promoter (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,173). Briefly, the two-hybrid gene expression system comprises two gene expression cassettes; the first encoding a DNA binding domain fused to a nuclear receptor polypeptide, and the second encoding a transactivation domain fused to a different nuclear receptor polypeptide. In the presence of ligand, the interaction of the first polypeptide with the second polypeptide effectively tethers the DNA binding domain to the transactivation domain. Since the DNA binding and transactivation domains reside on two different molecules, the background activity in the absence of ligand is greatly reduced.
A two-hybrid system also provides improved sensitivity to non-steroidal ligands for example, diarylhydrazines, when compared to steroidal ligands for example, ponasterone A (“PonA”) or muristerone A (“MurA”). That is, when compared to steroids, the non-steroidal ligands provide higher activity at a lower concentration. In addition, since transactivation based on EcR gene switches is often cell-line dependent, it is easier to tailor switching systems to obtain maximum transactivation capability for each application. Furthermore, the two-hybrid system avoids some side effects due to overexpression of RXR that often occur when unmodified RXR is used as a switching partner. In a preferred two-hybrid system, native DNA binding and transactivation domains of EcR or RXR are eliminated and as a result, these hybrid molecules have less chance of interacting with other steroid hormone receptors present in the cell resulting in reduced side effects.
Applicants have recently made the surprising discovery that an invertebrate RXR can function similar to or better than a vertebrate RXR in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system (see pending U.S. application 60/294,814, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
RXR is a member of the nuclear receptor superfamily and classified into subfamily 2, Group B (referred to herein as “Group B nuclear receptors”). The members of each group share 40-60% amino acid identity in the E (ligand binding) domain (Laudet et al., A Unified Nomenclature System for the Nuclear Receptor Subfamily, 1999; Cell 97:161-163). In addition to the retinoid X receptor, other members of this nuclear receptor subfamily 2, Group B include: H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), nuclear receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, and chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
In an effort to provide improved nuclear receptor ligand binding domains, Applicants have now identified amino acid residues within Group B nuclear receptors that affect the ligand sensitivity and magnitude of induction in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system. Applicants describe herein the construction of Group B nuclear receptors that comprise substitution mutations (referred to herein as “substitution mutants”) at these critical residues and the demonstration that these substitution mutant nuclear receptors are useful in methods of modulating gene expression. As presented herein, Applicants' novel substitution mutant nuclear receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system provide an improved inducible gene expression system in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells in which ligand sensitivity and magnitude of transactivation may be selected as desired, depending upon the application.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1: Reporter gene transactivation of VP16/MmRXRα-EF, VP16/LmUSP-EF, or VP16/MmRXRα-EF mutants E265D (RXRmutE/D) or G293S (RXRmutG/S) transfected into NIH3T3 cells along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF and pFRLuc. The cells were grown in the presence of 0, 0.2, 1 and 10 μM GS™-E for 48 hours and the reporter activity was assayed. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
FIG. 2: Reporter gene transactivation of VP16/MmRXRα-EF (RXR-E), VP16/LmUSP-EF (LmUSP-E), VP16/chimeric vertebrate RXR/invertebrate RXR (Chimera), or VP16/MmRXRα-EF mutants E401D (MutE265D), G429S (MutG293S) or three independent clones of double mutant E401D+G429S (DM1, DM2, and DM4) transfected into NIH3T3 cells along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF and pFRLuc. The cells were grown in the presence of 0, 0.2, 1 and 10 μM GS™-E for 48 hours and the reporter activity was assayed. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
FIG. 3: Reporter gene transactivation of GAL4CfEcRDEF, pFRLUC and VP16HsRXREFβ or its mutant version DNAs transfected into NIH3T3 cells. The transfected cells were grown in the presence of medium containing DMSO or 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 μM GS™-E in DMSO. Reporter activity was assayed at 48 hours after adding ligands. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
FIG. 4: Reporter gene transactivation of GAL4CfEcRDEF, pFRLUC and VP16HsRXREFβ or its mutant version DNAs transfected into NIH3T3 cells. The transfected cells were grown in the presence of medium containing DMSO or 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 μM GS™-E in DMSO. Reporter activity was assayed at 48 hours after adding ligands. The numbers on the top of the bars show the maximum fold induction.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Applicants have developed a novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Applicants have shown that the effect of such a substitution mutation may increase ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity and may be steroid or non-steroid specific. Thus, Applicants' invention provides a Group B nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system useful for modulating expression of a gene of interest in a host cell. Applicants' novel inducible gene expression system and its use in methods of modulating gene expression in a host cell overcome the limitations of currently available inducible expression systems and provide the skilled artisan with an effective means to control gene expression.
The present invention is useful for applications such as gene therapy, large scale production of proteins and antibodies, cell-based high throughput screening assays, orthogonal ligand screening assays, functional genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and regulation of traits in transgenic organisms, where control of gene expression levels is desirable. An advantage of Applicants' invention is that it provides a means to regulate gene expression and to tailor expression levels to suit the user's requirements.
DEFINITIONS
In this disclosure, a number of terms and abbreviations are used. The following definitions are provided and should be helpful in understanding the scope and practice of the present invention.
In a specific embodiment, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 20%, preferably within 10%, more preferably within 5%, and even more preferably within 1% of a given value or range.
The term “substantially free” means that a composition comprising “A” (where “A” is a single protein, DNA molecule, vector, recombinant host cell, etc.) is substantially free of “B” (where “B” comprises one or more contaminating proteins, DNA molecules, vectors, etc.) when at least about 75% by weight of the proteins, DNA, vectors (depending on the category of species to which A and B belong) in the composition is “A”. Preferably, “A” comprises at least about 90% by weight of the A+B species in the composition, most preferably at least about 99% by weight. It is also preferred that a composition, which is substantially free of contamination, contain only a single molecular weight species having the activity or characteristic of the species of interest.
The term “isolated” for the purposes of the present invention designates a biological material (nucleic acid or protein) that has been removed from its original environment (the environment in which it is naturally present). For example, a polynucleotide present in the natural state in a plant or an animal is not isolated, however the same polynucleotide separated from the adjacent nucleic acids in which it is naturally present, is considered “isolated”. The term “purified” does not require the material to be present in a form exhibiting absolute purity, exclusive of the presence of other compounds. It is rather a relative definition.
A polynucleotide is in the “purified” state after purification of the starting material or of the natural material by at least one order of magnitude, preferably 2 or 3 and preferably 4 or 5 orders of magnitude.
A “nucleic acid” is a polymeric compound comprised of covalently linked subunits called nucleotides. Nucleic acid includes polyribonucleic acid (RNA) and polydeoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), both of which may be single-stranded or double-stranded. DNA includes but is not limited to cDNA, genomic DNA, plasmids DNA, synthetic DNA, and semi-synthetic DNA. DNA may be linear, circular, or supercoiled.
A “nucleic acid molecule” refers to the phosphate ester polymeric form of ribonucleosides (adenosine, guanosine, uridine or cytidine; “RNA molecules”) or deoxyribonucleosides (deoxyadenosine, deoxyguanosine, deoxythymidine, or deoxycytidine; “DNA molecules”), or any phosphoester analogs thereof, such as phosphorothioates and thioesters, in either single stranded form, or a double-stranded helix. Double stranded DNA-DNA, DNA-RNA and RNA-RNA helices are possible. The term nucleic acid molecule, and in particular DNA or RNA molecule, refers only to the primary and secondary structure of the molecule, and does not limit it to any particular tertiary forms. Thus, this term includes double-stranded DNA found, inter alia, in linear or circular DNA molecules (e.g., restriction fragments), plasmids, and chromosomes. In discussing the structure of particular double-stranded DNA molecules, sequences may be described herein according to the normal convention of giving only the sequence in the 5′ to 3′ direction along the non-transcribed strand of DNA (i.e., the strand having a sequence homologous to the mRNA). A “recombinant DNA molecule” is a DNA molecule that has undergone a molecular biological manipulation.
The term “fragment” will be understood to mean a nucleotide sequence of reduced length relative to the reference nucleic acid and comprising, over the common portion, a nucleotide sequence identical to the reference nucleic acid. Such a nucleic acid fragment according to the invention may be, where appropriate, included in a larger polynucleotide of which it is a constituent. Such fragments comprise, or alternatively consist of, oligonucleotides ranging in length from at least 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 39, 40, 42, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 57, 60, 63, 66, 70, 75, 78, 80, 90, 100, 105, 120, 135, 150, 200, 300, 500, 720, 900, 1000 or 1500 consecutive nucleotides of a nucleic acid according to the invention.
As used herein, an “isolated nucleic acid fragment” is a polymer of RNA or DNA that is single- or double-stranded, optionally containing synthetic, non-natural or altered nucleotide bases. An isolated nucleic acid fragment in the form of a polymer of DNA may be comprised of one or more segments of cDNA, genomic DNA or synthetic DNA.
A “gene” refers to an assembly of nucleotides that encode a polypeptide, and includes cDNA and genomic DNA nucleic acids. “Gene” also refers to a nucleic acid fragment that expresses a specific protein or polypeptide, including regulatory sequences preceding (5′ non-coding sequences) and following (3′ non-coding sequences) the coding sequence. “Native gene” refers to a gene as found in nature with its own regulatory sequences. “Chimeric gene” refers to any gene that is not a native gene, comprising regulatory and/or coding sequences that are not found together in nature. Accordingly, a chimeric gene may comprise regulatory sequences and coding sequences that are derived from different sources, or regulatory sequences and coding sequences derived from the same source, but arranged in a manner different than that found in nature. A chimeric gene may comprise coding sequences derived from different sources and/or regulatory sequences derived from different sources. “Endogenous gene” refers to a native gene in its natural location in the genome of an organism. A “foreign” gene or “heterologous” gene refers to a gene not normally found in the host organism, but that is introduced into the host organism by gene transfer. Foreign genes can comprise native genes inserted into a non-native organism, or chimeric genes. A “transgene” is a gene that has been introduced into the genome by a transformation procedure.
“Heterologous” DNA refers to DNA not naturally located in the cell, or in a chromosomal site of the cell. Preferably, the heterologous DNA includes a gene foreign to the cell.
The term “genome” includes chromosomal as well as mitochondrial, chloroplast and viral DNA or RNA.
A nucleic acid molecule is “hybridizable” to another nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA, genomic DNA, or RNA, when a single stranded form of the nucleic acid molecule can anneal to the other nucleic acid molecule under the appropriate conditions of temperature and solution ionic strength (see Sambrook et al., 1989 infra). Hybridization and washing conditions are well known and exemplified in Sambrook, J., Fritsch, E. F. and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor (1989), particularly Chapter 11 and Table 11.1 therein (entirely incorporated herein by reference). The conditions of temperature and ionic strength determine the “stringency” of the hybridization.
Stringency conditions can be adjusted to screen for moderately similar fragments, such as homologous sequences from distantly related organisms, to highly similar fragments, such as genes that duplicate functional enzymes from closely related organisms. For preliminary screening for homologous nucleic acids, low stringency hybridization conditions, corresponding to a Tm of 55°, can be used, e.g., 5×SSC, 0.1% SDS, 0.25% milk, and no formamide; or 30% formamide, 5×SSC, 0.5% SDS). Moderate stringency hybridization conditions correspond to a higher Tm, e.g., 40% formamide, with 5× or 6×SCC. High stringency hybridization conditions correspond to the highest Tm, e.g., 50% formamide, 5× or 6×SCC.
Hybridization requires that the two nucleic acids contain complementary sequences, although depending on the stringency of the hybridization, mismatches between bases are possible. The term “complementary” is used to describe the relationship between nucleotide bases that are capable of hybridizing to one another. For example, with respect to DNA, adenosine is complementary to thymine and cytosine is complementary to guanine. Accordingly, the instant invention also includes isolated nucleic acid fragments that are complementary to the complete sequences as disclosed or used herein as well as those substantially similar nucleic acid sequences.
In a specific embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides are detected by employing hybridization conditions comprising a hybridization step at Tm of 55° C., and utilizing conditions as set forth above. In a preferred embodiment, the Tm is 60° C.; in a more preferred embodiment, the Tm is 63° C.; in an even more preferred embodiment, the Tm is 65° C.
Post-hybridization washes also determine stringency conditions. One set of preferred conditions uses a series of washes starting with 6×SSC, 0.5% SDS at room temperature for 15 minutes (min), then repeated with 2×SSC, 0.5% SDS at 45° C. for 30 minutes, and then repeated twice with 0.2×SSC, 0.5% SDS at 50° C. for 30 minutes. A more preferred set of stringent conditions uses higher temperatures in which the washes are identical to those above except for the temperature of the final two 30 min washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.5% SDS was increased to 60° C. Another preferred set of highly stringent conditions uses two final washes in 0.1×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C. Hybridization requires that the two nucleic acids comprise complementary sequences, although depending on the stringency of the hybridization, mismatches between bases are possible.
The appropriate stringency for hybridizing nucleic acids depends on the length of the nucleic acids and the degree of complementation, variables well known in the art. The greater the degree of similarity or homology between two nucleotide sequences, the greater the value of Tm for hybrids of nucleic acids having those sequences. The relative stability (corresponding to higher Tm) of nucleic acid hybridizations decreases in the following order: RNA:RNA, DNA:RNA, DNA:DNA. For hybrids of greater than 100 nucleotides in length, equations for calculating Tm have been derived (see Sambrook et al., supra, 9.50-0.51). For hybridization with shorter nucleic acids, i.e., oligonucleotides, the position of mismatches becomes more important, and the length of the oligonucleotide determines its specificity (see Sambrook et al., supra, 11.7-11.8).
In a specific embodiment of the invention, polynucleotides are detected by employing hybridization conditions comprising a hybridization step in less than 500 mM salt and at least 37 degrees Celsius, and a washing step in 2×SSPE at least 63 degrees Celsius. In a preferred embodiment, the hybridization conditions comprise less than 200 mM salt and at least 37 degrees Celsius for the hybridization step. In a more preferred embodiment, the hybridization conditions comprise 2×SSPE and 63 degrees Celsius for both the hybridization and washing steps.
In one embodiment, the length for a hybridizable nucleic acid is at least about 10 nucleotides. Preferable a minimum length for a hybridizable nucleic acid is at least about 15 nucleotides; more preferably at least about 20 nucleotides; and most preferably the length is at least 30 nucleotides. Furthermore, the skilled artisan will recognize that the temperature and wash solution salt concentration may be adjusted as necessary according to factors such as length of the probe.
The term “probe” refers to a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule that can base pair with a complementary single stranded target nucleic acid to form a double-stranded molecule.
As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to a nucleic acid, generally of at least 18 nucleotides, that is hybridizable to a genomic DNA molecule, a cDNA molecule, a plasmid DNA or an mRNA molecule. Oligonucleotides can be labeled, e.g., with 32P-nucleotides or nucleotides to which a label, such as biotin, has been covalently conjugated. A labeled oligonucleotide can be used as a probe to detect the presence of a nucleic acid. Oligonucleotides (one or both of which may be labeled) can be used as PCR primers, either for cloning full length or a fragment of a nucleic acid, or to detect the presence of a nucleic acid. An oligonucleotide can also be used to form a triple helix with a DNA molecule. Generally, oligonucleotides are prepared synthetically, preferably on a nucleic acid synthesizer. Accordingly, oligonucleotides can be prepared with non-naturally occurring phosphoester analog bonds, such as thioester bonds, etc.
A “primer” is an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a target nucleic acid sequence to create a double stranded nucleic acid region that can serve as an initiation point for DNA synthesis under suitable conditions. Such primers may be used in a polymerase chain reaction.
“Polymerase chain reaction” is abbreviated PCR and means an in vitro method for enzymatically amplifying specific nucleic acid sequences. PCR involves a repetitive series of temperature cycles with each cycle comprising three stages: denaturation of the template nucleic acid to separate the strands of the target molecule, annealing a single stranded PCR oligonucleotide primer to the template nucleic acid, and extension of the annealed primer(s) by DNA polymerase. PCR provides a means to detect the presence of the target molecule and, under quantitative or semi-quantitative conditions, to determine the relative amount of that target molecule within the starting pool of nucleic acids.
“Reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction” is abbreviated RT-PCR and means an in vitro method for enzymatically producing a target cDNA molecule or molecules from an RNA molecule or molecules, followed by enzymatic amplification of a specific nucleic acid sequence or sequences within the target cDNA molecule or molecules as described above. RT-PCR also provides a means to detect the presence of the target molecule and, under quantitative or semi-quantitative conditions, to determine the relative amount of that target molecule within the starting pool of nucleic acids.
A DNA “coding sequence” is a double-stranded DNA sequence that is transcribed and translated into a polypeptide in a cell in vitro or in vivo when placed under the control of appropriate regulatory sequences. “Suitable regulatory sequences” refer to nucleotide sequences located upstream (5′ non-coding sequences), within, or downstream (3′ non-coding sequences) of a coding sequence, and which influence the transcription, RNA processing or stability, or translation of the associated coding sequence. Regulatory sequences may include promoters, translation leader sequences, introns, polyadenylation recognition sequences, RNA processing site, effector binding site and stem-loop structure. The boundaries of the coding sequence are determined by a start codon at the 5′ (amino) terminus and a translation stop codon at the 3′ (carboxyl) terminus. A coding sequence can include, but is not limited to, prokaryotic sequences, cDNA from mRNA, genomic DNA sequences, and even synthetic DNA sequences. If the coding sequence is intended for expression in a eukaryotic cell, a polyadenylation signal and transcription termination sequence will usually be located 3′ to the coding sequence.
“Open reading frame” is abbreviated ORF and means a length of nucleic acid sequence, either DNA, cDNA or RNA, that comprises a translation start signal or initiation codon, such as an ATG or AUG, and a termination codon and can be potentially translated into a polypeptide sequence.
The term “head-to-head” is used herein to describe the orientation of two polynucleotide sequences in relation to each other. Two polynucleotides are positioned in a head-to-head orientation when the 5′ end of the coding strand of one polynucleotide is adjacent to the 5′ end of the coding strand of the other polynucleotide, whereby the direction of transcription of each polynucleotide proceeds away from the 5′ end of the other polynucleotide. The term “head-to-head” may be abbreviated (5′)-to-(5′) and may also be indicated by the symbols (←→) or (3′←5′5′→3′).
The term “tail-to-tail” is used herein to describe the orientation of two polynucleotide sequences in relation to each other. Two polynucleotides are positioned in a tail-to-tail orientation when the 3′ end of the coding strand of one polynucleotide is adjacent to the 3′ end of the coding strand of the other polynucleotide, whereby the direction of transcription of each polynucleotide proceeds toward the other polynucleotide. The term “tail-to-tail” may be abbreviated (3′)-to-(3′) and may also be indicated by the symbols (←→) or (5→3′3′←5′).
The term “head-to-tail” is used herein to describe the orientation of two polynucleotide sequences in relation to each other. Two polynucleotides are positioned in a head-to-tail orientation when the 5′ end of the coding strand of one polynucleotide is adjacent to the 3′ end of the coding strand of the other polynucleotide, whereby the direction of transcription of each polynucleotide proceeds in the same direction as that of the other polynucleotide. The term “head-to-tail” may be abbreviated (5′)-to-(3′) and may also be indicated by the symbols (→→) or (5′→3′5′→3′).
The term “downstream” refers to a nucleotide sequence that is located 3′ to reference nucleotide sequence. In particular, downstream nucleotide sequences generally relate to sequences that follow the starting point of transcription. For example, the translation initiation codon of a gene is located downstream of the start site of transcription.
The term “upstream” refers to a nucleotide sequence that is located 5′ to reference nucleotide sequence. In particular, upstream nucleotide sequences generally relate to sequences that are located on the 5′ side of a coding sequence or starting point of transcription. For example, most promoters are located upstream of the start site of transcription.
The terms “restriction endonuclease” and “restriction enzyme” refer to an enzyme that binds and cuts within a specific nucleotide sequence within double stranded DNA.
“Homologous recombination” refers to the insertion of a foreign DNA sequence into another DNA molecule, e.g., insertion of a vector in a chromosome. Preferably, the vector targets a specific chromosomal site for homologous recombination. For specific homologous recombination, the vector will contain sufficiently long regions of homology to sequences of the chromosome to allow complementary binding and incorporation of the vector into the chromosome. Longer regions of homology, and greater degrees of sequence similarity, may increase the efficiency of homologous recombination.
Several methods known in the art may be used to propagate a polynucleotide according to the invention. Once a suitable host system and growth conditions are established, recombinant expression vectors can be propagated and prepared in quantity. As described herein, the expression vectors which can be used include, but are not limited to, the following vectors or their derivatives: human or animal viruses such as vaccinia virus or adenovirus; insect viruses such as baculovirus; yeast vectors; bacteriophage vectors (e.g., lambda), and plasmid and cosmid DNA vectors, to name but a few.
A “vector” is any means for the cloning of and/or transfer of a nucleic acid into a host cell. A vector may be a replicon to which another DNA segment may be attached so as to bring about the replication of the attached segment. A “replicon” is any genetic element (e.g., plasmid, phage, cosmid, chromosome, virus) that functions as an autonomous unit of DNA replication in vivo, i.e., capable of replication under its own control. The term “vector” includes both viral and nonviral means for introducing the nucleic acid into a cell in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo. A large number of vectors known in the art may be used to manipulate nucleic acids, incorporate response elements and promoters into genes, etc. Possible vectors include, for example, plasmids or modified viruses including, for example bacteriophages such as lambda derivatives, or plasmids such as pBR322 or pUC plasmid derivatives, or the Bluescript vector. For example, the insertion of the DNA fragments corresponding to response elements and promoters into a suitable vector can be accomplished by ligating the appropriate DNA fragments into a chosen vector that has complementary cohesive termini. Alternatively, the ends of the DNA molecules may be enzymatically modified or any site may be produced by ligating nucleotide sequences (linkers) into the DNA termini. Such vectors may be engineered to contain selectable marker genes that provide for the selection of cells that have incorporated the marker into the cellular genome. Such markers allow identification and/or selection of host cells that incorporate and express the proteins encoded by the marker.
Viral vectors, and particularly retroviral vectors, have been used in a wide variety of gene delivery applications in cells, as well as living animal subjects. Viral vectors that can be used include but are not limited to retrovirus, adeno-associated virus, pox, baculovirus, vaccinia, herpes simplex, Epstein-Barr, adenovirus, geminivirus, and caulimovirus vectors. Non-viral vectors include plasmids, liposomes, electrically charged lipids (cytofectins), DNA-protein complexes, and biopolymers. In addition to a nucleic acid, a vector may also comprise one or more regulatory regions, and/or selectable markers useful in selecting, measuring, and monitoring nucleic acid transfer results (transfer to which tissues, duration of expression, etc.).
The term “plasmid” refers to an extra chromosomal element often carrying a gene that is not part of the central metabolism of the cell, and usually in the form of circular double-stranded DNA molecules. Such elements may be autonomously replicating sequences, genome integrating sequences, phage or nucleotide sequences, linear, circular, or supercoiled, of a single- or double-stranded DNA or RNA, derived from any source, in which a number of nucleotide sequences have been joined or recombined into a unique construction which is capable of introducing a promoter fragment and DNA sequence for a selected gene product along with appropriate 3′ untranslated sequence into a cell.
A “cloning vector” is a “replicon”, which is a unit length of a nucleic acid, preferably DNA, that replicates sequentially and which comprises an origin of replication, such as a plasmid, phage or cosmid, to which another nucleic acid segment may be attached so as to bring about the replication of the attached segment. Cloning vectors may be capable of replication in one cell type and expression in another (“shuttle vector”).
Vectors may be introduced into the desired host cells by methods known in the art, e.g., transfection, electroporation, microinjection, transduction, cell fusion, DEAE dextran, calcium phosphate precipitation, lipofection (lysosome fusion), use of a gene gun, or a DNA vector transporter (see, e.g., Wu et al., 1992, J. Biol. Chem. 267:963-967; Wu and Wu, 1988, J. Biol. Chem. 263:14621-14624; and Hartmut et al., Canadian Patent Application No. 2,012,311, filed Mar. 15, 1990).
A polynucleotide according to the invention can also be introduced in vivo by lipofection. For the past decade, there has been increasing use of liposomes for encapsulation and transfection of nucleic acids in vitro. Synthetic cationic lipids designed to limit the difficulties and dangers encountered with liposome-mediated transfection can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al., 1987. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84:7413; Mackey, et al., 1988. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:8027-8031; and Ulmer et al., 1993. Science 259:1745-1748). The use of cationic lipids may promote encapsulation of negatively charged nucleic acids, and also promote fusion with negatively charged cell membranes (Feigner and Ringold, 1989. Science 337:387-388). Particularly useful lipid compounds and compositions for transfer of nucleic acids are described in International Patent Publications WO95/18863 and WO96/17823, and in U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,127. The use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into the specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Molecular targeting of liposomes to specific cells represents one area of benefit. It is clear that directing transfection to particular cell types would be particularly preferred in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as pancreas, liver, kidney, and the brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting (Mackey, et al., 1988, supra). Targeted peptides, e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters, and proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules could be coupled to liposomes chemically.
Other molecules are also useful for facilitating transfection of a nucleic acid in vivo, such as a cationic oligopeptide (e.g., WO95/21931), peptides derived from DNA binding proteins (e.g., WO96/25508), or a cationic polymer (e.g., WO95/21931).
It is also possible to introduce a vector in vivo as a naked DNA plasmid (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,693,622, 5,589,466 and 5,580,859). Receptor-mediated DNA delivery approaches can also be used (Curiel et al., 1992. Hum. Gene Ther. 3:147-154; and Wu and Wu, 1987. J. Biol. Chem. 262: 4429-4432).
The term “transfection” means the uptake of exogenous or heterologous RNA or DNA by a cell. A cell has been “transfected” by exogenous or heterologous RNA or DNA when such RNA or DNA has been introduced inside the cell. A cell has been “transformed” by exogenous or heterologous RNA or DNA when the transfected RNA or DNA effects a phenotypic change. The transforming RNA or DNA can be integrated (covalently linked) into chromosomal DNA making up the genome of the cell.
“Transformation” refers to the transfer of a nucleic acid fragment into the genome of a host organism, resulting in genetically stable inheritance. Host organisms containing the transformed nucleic acid fragments are referred to as “transgenic” or “recombinant” or “transformed” organisms.
The term “genetic region” will refer to a region of a nucleic acid molecule or a nucleotide sequence that comprises a gene encoding a polypeptide.
In addition, the recombinant vector comprising a polynucleotide according to the invention may include one or more origins for replication in the cellular hosts in which their amplification or their expression is sought, markers or selectable markers.
The term “selectable marker” means an identifying factor, usually an antibiotic or chemical resistance gene, that is able to be selected for based upon the marker gene's effect, i.e., resistance to an antibiotic, resistance to a herbicide, colorimetric markers, enzymes, fluorescent markers, and the like, wherein the effect is used to track the inheritance of a nucleic acid of interest and/or to identify a cell or organism that has inherited the nucleic acid of interest. Examples of selectable marker genes known and used in the art include: genes providing resistance to ampicillin, streptomycin, gentamycin, kanamycin, hygromycin, bialaphos herbicide, sulfonamide, and the like; and genes that are used as phenotypic markers, i.e., anthocyanin regulatory genes, isopentanyl transferase gene, and the like.
The term “reporter gene” means a nucleic acid encoding an identifying factor that is able to be identified based upon the reporter gene's effect, wherein the effect is used to track the inheritance of a nucleic acid of interest, to identify a cell or organism that has inherited the nucleic acid of interest, and/or to measure gene expression induction or transcription. Examples of reporter genes known and used in the art include: luciferase (Luc), green fluorescent protein (GFP), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), β-galactosidase (LacZ), β-glucuronidase (Gus), and the like. Selectable marker genes may also be considered reporter genes.
“Promoter” refers to a DNA sequence capable of controlling the expression of a coding sequence or functional RNA. In general, a coding sequence is located 3′ to a promoter sequence. Promoters may be derived in their entirety from a native gene, or be composed of different elements derived from different promoters found in nature, or even comprise synthetic DNA segments. It is understood by those skilled in the art that different promoters may direct the expression of a gene in different tissues or cell types, or at different stages of development, or in response to different environmental or physiological conditions. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed in most cell types at most times are commonly referred to as “constitutive promoters”. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed in a specific cell type are commonly referred to as “cell-specific promoters” or “tissue-specific promoters”. Promoters that cause a gene to be expressed at a specific stage of development or cell differentiation are commonly referred to as “developmentally-specific promoters” or “cell differentiation-specific promoters”. Promoters that are induced and cause a gene to be expressed following exposure or treatment of the cell with an agent, biological molecule, chemical, ligand, light, or the like that induces the promoter are commonly referred to as “inducible promoters” or “regulatable promoters”. It is further recognized that since in most cases the exact boundaries of regulatory sequences have not been completely defined, DNA fragments of different lengths may have identical promoter activity.
A “promoter sequence” is a DNA regulatory region capable of binding RNA polymerase in a cell and initiating transcription of a downstream (3′ direction) coding sequence. For purposes of defining the present invention, the promoter sequence is bounded at its 3′ terminus by the transcription initiation site and extends upstream (5′ direction) to include the minimum number of bases or elements necessary to initiate transcription at levels detectable above background. Within the promoter sequence will be found a transcription initiation site (conveniently defined for example, by mapping with nuclease S1), as well as protein binding domains (consensus sequences) responsible for the binding of RNA polymerase.
A coding sequence is “under the control” of transcriptional and translational control sequences in a cell when RNA polymerase transcribes the coding sequence into mRNA, which is then trans-RNA spliced (if the coding sequence contains introns) and translated into the protein encoded by the coding sequence.
“Transcriptional and translational control sequences” are DNA regulatory sequences, such as promoters, enhancers, terminators, and the like, that provide for the expression of a coding sequence in a host cell. In eukaryotic cells, polyadenylation signals are control sequences.
The term “response element” means one or more cis-acting DNA elements which confer responsiveness on a promoter mediated through interaction with the DNA-binding domains of the first chimeric gene. This DNA element may be either palindrome (perfect or imperfect) in its sequence or composed of sequence motifs or half sites separated by a variable number of nucleotides. The half sites can be similar or identical and arranged as either direct or inverted repeats or as a single half site or multimers of adjacent half sites in tandem. The response element may comprise a minimal promoter isolated from different organisms depending upon the nature of the cell or organism into which the response element will be incorporated. The DNA binding domain of the first hybrid protein binds, in the presence absence of a ligand, to the DNA sequence of a response element to initiate or suppress transcription of downstream gene(s) under the regulation of this response element. Examples of DNA sequences for response elements of the natural ecdysone receptor include: RRGG/TTCANTGAC/ACYY (see Cherbas L., et. al., (1991), Genes Dev. 5, 120-131); AGGTCAN(n)AGGTCA, where N(n) can be one or more spacer nucleotides (see D'Avino PP., et. al., (1995), Mol. Cell. Endocrinol, 113, 1-9); and GGGTTGAATGAATTT (see Antoniewski C., et. al., (1994). Mol. Cell. Biol. 14, 4465-4474).
The term “operably linked” refers to the association of nucleic acid sequences on a single nucleic acid fragment so, that the function of one is affected by the other. For example, a promoter is operably linked with a coding sequence when it is capable of affecting the expression of that coding sequence (i.e., that the coding sequence is under the transcriptional control of the promoter). Coding sequences can be operably linked to regulatory sequences in sense or antisense orientation.
The term “expression”, as used herein, refers to the transcription and stable accumulation of sense (mRNA) or antisense RNA derived from a nucleic acid or polynucleotide. Expression may also refer to translation of mRNA into a protein or polypeptide.
The terms “cassette”, “expression cassette” and “gene expression cassette” refer to a segment of DNA that can be inserted into a nucleic acid or polynucleotide at specific restriction sites or by homologous recombination. The segment of DNA comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide of interest, and the cassette and restriction sites are designed to ensure insertion of the cassette in the proper reading frame for transcription and translation. “Transformation cassette” refers to a specific vector comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide of interest and having elements in addition to the polynucleotide that facilitate transformation of a particular host cell. Cassettes, expression cassettes, gene expression cassettes and transformation cassettes of the invention may also comprise elements that allow for enhanced expression of a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of interest in a host cell. These elements may include, but are not limited to: a promoter, a minimal promoter, an enhancer, a response element, a terminator sequence, a polyadenylation sequence, and the like.
For purposes of this invention, the term “gene switch” refers to the combination of a response element associated with a promoter, and an EcR based system which, in the presence of one or more ligands, modulates the expression of a gene into which the response element and promoter are incorporated.
The terms “modulate” and “modulates” mean to induce, reduce or inhibit nucleic acid or gene expression, resulting in the respective induction, reduction or inhibition of protein or polypeptide production.
The plasmids or vectors according to the invention may further comprise at least one promoter suitable for driving expression of a gene in a host cell. The term “expression vector” means a vector, plasmid or vehicle designed to enable the expression of an inserted nucleic acid sequence following transformation into the host. The cloned gene, i.e., the inserted nucleic acid sequence, is usually placed under the control of control elements such as a promoter, a minimal promoter, an enhancer, or the like. Initiation control regions or promoters, which are useful to drive expression of a nucleic acid in the desired host cell are numerous and familiar to those skilled in the art. Virtually any promoter capable of driving these genes is suitable for the present invention including but not limited to: viral promoters, bacterial promoters, animal promoters, mammalian promoters, synthetic promoters, constitutive promoters, tissue specific promoter, developmental specific promoters, inducible promoters, light regulated promoters; CYC1, HIS3, GAL1, GAL4, GAL10, ADH1, PGK, PHO5, GAPDH, ADC1, TRP1, URA3, LEU2, ENO, TPI, alkaline phosphatase promoters (useful for expression in Saccharomyces); AOX1 promoter (useful for expression in Pichia); β-lactamase, lac, ara, tet, trp, lPL, lPR, T7, tac, and trc promoters (useful for expression in Escherichia coli); light regulated-, seed specific-, pollen specific-, ovary specific-, pathogenesis or disease related-, cauliflower mosaic virus 35S, CMV 35S minimal, cassava vein mosaic virus (CsVMV), chlorophyll a/b binding protein, ribulose 1,5-bisphosphate carboxylase, shoot-specific, root specific, chitinase, stress inducible, rice tungro bacilliform virus, plant super-promoter, potato leucine aminopeptidase, nitrate reductase, mannopine synthase, nopaline synthase, ubiquitin, zein protein, and anthocyanin promoters (useful for expression in plant cells); animal and mammalian promoters known in the art include, but are not limited to, the SV40 early (SV40e) promoter region, the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat (LTR) of Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), the promoters of the E1A or major late promoter (MLP) genes of adenoviruses (Ad), the cytomegalovirus (CMV) early promoter, the herpes simplex virus (HSV) thymidine kinase (TK) promoter, an elongation factor 1 alpha (EF1) promoter, a phosphoglycerate kinase (PGK) promoter, a ubiquitin (Ubc) promoter, an albumin promoter, the regulatory sequences of the mouse metallothionein-L promoter and transcriptional control regions, the ubiquitous promoters (HPRT, vimentin, α-actin, tubulin and the like), the promoters of the intermediate filaments (desmin, neurofilaments, keratin, GFAP, and the like), the promoters of therapeutic genes (of the MDR, CFTR or factor VIII type, and the like), pathogenesis or disease related-promoters, and promoters that exhibit tissue specificity and have been utilized in transgenic animals, such as the elastase I gene control region which is active in pancreatic acinar cells; insulin gene control region active in pancreatic beta cells, immunoglobulin gene control region active in lymphoid cells, mouse mammary tumor virus control region active in testicular, breast, lymphoid and mast cells; albumin gene, Apo AI and Apo AII control regions active in liver, alpha-fetoprotein gene control region active in liver, alpha 1-antitrypsin gene control region active in the liver, beta-globin gene control region active in myeloid cells, myelin basic protein gene control region active in oligodendrocyte cells in the brain, myosin light chain-2 gene control region active in skeletal muscle, and gonadotropic releasing hormone gene control region active in the hypothalamus, pyruvate kinase promoter, villin promoter, promoter of the fatty acid binding intestinal protein, promoter of the smooth muscle cell α-actin, and the like. In addition, these expression sequences may be modified by addition of enhancer or regulatory sequences and the like.
Enhancers that may be used in embodiments of the invention include but are not limited to: an SV40 enhancer, a cytomegalovirus (CMV) enhancer, an elongation factor 1 (EF1) enhancer, yeast enhancers, viral gene enhancers, and the like.
Termination control regions, i.e., terminator or polyadenylation sequences, may also be derived from various genes native to the preferred hosts. Optionally, a termination site may be unnecessary, however, it is most preferred if included. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the termination control region may be comprise or be derived from a synthetic sequence, synthetic polyadenylation signal, an SV40 late polyadenylation signal, an SV40 polyadenylation signal, a bovine growth hormone (BGH) polyadenylation signal, viral terminator sequences, or the like.
The terms “3′ non-coding sequences” or “3′ untranslated region (UTR)” refer to DNA sequences located downstream (3′) of a coding sequence and may comprise polyadenylation [poly(A)] recognition sequences and other sequences encoding regulatory signals capable of affecting mRNA processing or gene expression. The polyadenylation signal is usually characterized by affecting the addition of polyadenylic acid tracts to the 3′ end of the mRNA precursor.
“Regulatory region” means a nucleic acid sequence that regulates the expression of a second nucleic acid sequence. A regulatory region may include sequences which are naturally responsible for expressing a particular nucleic acid (a homologous region) or may include sequences of a different origin that are responsible for expressing different proteins or even synthetic proteins (a heterologous region). In particular, the sequences can be sequences of prokaryotic, eukaryotic, or viral genes or derived sequences that stimulate or repress transcription of a gene in a specific or non-specific manner and in an inducible or non-inducible manner. Regulatory regions include origins of replication, RNA splice sites, promoters, enhancers, transcriptional termination sequences, and signal sequences which direct the polypeptide into the secretory pathways of the target cell.
A regulatory region from a “heterologous source” is a regulatory region that is not naturally associated with the expressed nucleic acid. Included among the heterologous regulatory regions are regulatory regions from a different species, regulatory regions from a different gene, hybrid regulatory sequences, and regulatory sequences which do not occur in nature, but which are designed by one having ordinary skill in the art.
“RNA transcript” refers to the product resulting from RNA polymerase-catalyzed transcription of a DNA sequence. When the RNA transcript is a perfect complementary copy of the DNA sequence, it is referred to as the primary transcript or it may be a RNA sequence derived from post-transcriptional processing of the primary transcript and is referred to as the mature RNA. “Messenger RNA (mRNA)” refers to the RNA that is without introns and that can be translated into protein by the cell. “cDNA” refers to a double-stranded DNA that is complementary to and derived from mRNA. “Sense” RNA refers to RNA transcript that includes the mRNA and so can be translated into protein by the cell. “Antisense RNA” refers to a RNA transcript that is complementary to all or part of a target primary transcript or mRNA and that blocks the expression of a target gene. The complementarity of an antisense RNA may be with any part of the specific gene transcript, i.e., at the 5′ non-coding sequence, 3′ non-coding sequence, or the coding sequence. “Functional RNA” refers to antisense RNA, ribozyme RNA, or other RNA that is not translated yet has an effect on cellular processes.
A “polypeptide” is a polymeric compound comprised of covalently linked amino acid residues. Amino acids have the following general structure:
Figure US09249207-20160202-C00001

Amino acids are classified into seven groups on the basis of the side chain R: (1) aliphatic side chains, (2) side chains containing a hydroxylic (OH) group, (3) side chains containing sulfur atoms, (4) side chains containing an acidic or amide group, (5) side chains containing a basic group, (6) side chains containing an aromatic ring, and (7) proline, an imino acid in which the side chain is fused to the amino group. A polypeptide of the invention preferably comprises at least about 14 amino acids.
A “protein” is a polypeptide that performs a structural or functional role in a living cell.
An “isolated polypeptide” or “isolated protein” is a polypeptide or protein that is substantially free of those compounds that are normally associated therewith in its natural state (e.g., other proteins or polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids). “Isolated” is not meant to exclude artificial or synthetic mixtures with other compounds, or the presence of impurities which do not interfere with biological activity, and which may be present, for example, due to incomplete purification, addition of stabilizers, or compounding into a pharmaceutically acceptable preparation.
A “substitution mutant polypeptide” or a “substitution mutant” will be understood to mean a mutant polypeptide comprising a substitution of at least one (1) wild-type or naturally occurring amino acid with a different amino acid relative to the wild-type or naturally occurring polypeptide. A substitution mutant polypeptide may comprise only one (1) wild-type or naturally occurring amino acid substitution and may be referred to as a “point mutant” or a “single point mutant” polypeptide. Alternatively, a substitution mutant polypeptide may comprise a substitution of two (2) or more wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids with 2 or more amino acids relative to the wild-type or naturally occurring polypeptide. According to the invention, a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain polypeptide comprising a substitution mutation comprises a substitution of at least one (1) wild-type or naturally occurring amino acid with a different amino acid relative to the wild-type or naturally occurring Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain polypeptide.
Wherein the substitution mutant polypeptide comprises a substitution of two (2) or more wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids, this substitution may comprise either an equivalent number of wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids deleted for the substitution, i.e., 2 wild-type or naturally occurring amino acids replaced with 2 non-wild-type or non-naturally occurring amino acids, or a non-equivalent number of wild-type amino acids deleted for the substitution, i.e., 2 wild-type amino acids replaced with 1 non-wild-type amino acid (a substitution+deletion mutation), or 2 wild-type amino acids replaced with 3 non-wild-type amino acids (a substitution+insertion mutation).
Substitution mutants may be described using an abbreviated nomenclature system to indicate the amino acid residue and number replaced within the reference polypeptide sequence and the new substituted amino acid residue. For example, a substitution mutant in which the twentieth (20th) amino acid residue of a polypeptide is substituted may be abbreviated as “x20z”, wherein “x” is the amino acid to be replaced, “20” is the amino acid residue position or number within the polypeptide, and “z” is the new substituted amino acid. Therefore, a substitution mutant abbreviated interchangeably as “E20A” or “Glu20Ala” indicates that the mutant comprises an alanine residue (commonly abbreviated in the art as “A” or “Ala”) in place of the glutamic acid (commonly abbreviated in the art as “E” or “Glu”) at position 20 of the polypeptide.
A substitution mutation may be made by any technique for mutagenesis known in the art, including but not limited to, in vitro site-directed mutagenesis (Hutchinson, C., et al., 1978, J. Biol. Chem. 253:6551; Zoller and Smith, 1984, DNA 3:479-488; Oliphant et al., 1986, Gene 44:177; Hutchinson et al., 1986, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 83:710), use of TAB® linkers (Pharmacia), restriction endonuclease digestion/fragment deletion and substitution, PCR-mediated/oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis, and the like. PCR-based techniques are preferred for site-directed mutagenesis (see Higuchi, 1989, “Using PCR to Engineer DNA”, in PCR Technology: Principles and Applications for DNA Amplification, H. Erlich, ed., Stockton Press, Chapter 6, pp. 61-70).
“Fragment” of a polypeptide according to the invention will be understood to mean a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is shorter than that of the reference polypeptide and which comprises, over the entire portion with these reference polypeptides, an identical amino acid sequence. Such fragments may, where appropriate, be included in a larger polypeptide of which they are a part. Such fragments of a polypeptide according to the invention may have a length of at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 100, 200, 240, or 300 amino acids.
A “variant” of a polypeptide or protein is any analogue, fragment, derivative, or mutant which is derived from a polypeptide or protein and which retains at least one biological property of the polypeptide or protein. Different variants of the polypeptide or protein may exist in nature. These variants may be allelic variations characterized by differences in the nucleotide sequences of the structural gene coding for the protein, or may involve differential splicing or post-translational modification. The skilled artisan can produce variants having single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or replacements. These variants may include, inter alia: (a) variants in which one or more amino acid residues are substituted with conservative or non-conservative amino acids, (b) variants in which one or more amino acids are added to the polypeptide or protein, (c) variants in which one or more of the amino acids includes a substituent group, and (d) variants in which the polypeptide or protein is fused with another polypeptide such as serum albumin. The techniques for obtaining these variants, including genetic (suppressions, deletions, mutations, etc.), chemical, and enzymatic techniques, are known to persons having ordinary skill in the art. A variant polypeptide preferably comprises at least about 14 amino acids.
A “heterologous protein” refers to a protein not naturally produced in the cell.
A “mature protein” refers to a post-translationally processed polypeptide; i.e., one from which any pre- or propeptides present in the primary translation product have been removed. “Precursor” protein refers to the primary product of translation of mRNA; i.e., with pre- and propeptides still present. Pre- and propeptides may be but are not limited to intracellular localization signals.
The term “signal peptide” refers to an amino terminal polypeptide preceding the secreted mature protein. The signal peptide is cleaved from and is therefore not present in the mature protein. Signal peptides have the function of directing and translocating secreted proteins across cell membranes. Signal peptide is also referred to as signal protein.
A “signal sequence” is included at the beginning of the coding sequence of a protein to be expressed on the surface of a cell. This sequence encodes a signal peptide, N-terminal to the mature polypeptide, that directs the host cell to translocate the polypeptide. The term “translocation signal sequence” is used herein to refer to this sort of signal sequence. Translocation signal sequences can be found associated with a variety of proteins native to eukaryotes and prokaryotes, and are often functional in both types of organisms.
The term “homology” refers to the percent of identity between two polynucleotide or two polypeptide moieties. The correspondence between the sequence from one moiety to another can be determined by techniques known to the art. For example, homology can be determined by a direct comparison of the sequence information between two polypeptide molecules by aligning the sequence information and using readily available computer programs. Alternatively, homology can be determined by hybridization of polynucleotides under conditions that form stable duplexes between homologous regions, followed by digestion with single-stranded-specific nuclease(s) and size determination of the digested fragments.
As used herein, the term “homologous” in all its grammatical forms and spelling variations refers to the relationship between proteins that possess a “common evolutionary origin,” including proteins from superfamilies (e.g., the immunoglobulin superfamily) and homologous proteins from different species (e.g., myosin light chain, etc.) (Reeck et al., 1987, Cell 50:667). Such proteins (and their encoding genes) have sequence homology, as reflected by their high degree of sequence similarity. However, in common usage and in the instant application, the term “homologous,” when modified with an adverb such as “highly,” may refer to sequence similarity and not a common evolutionary origin.
Accordingly, the term “sequence similarity” in all its grammatical forms refers to the degree of identity or correspondence between nucleic acid or amino acid sequences of proteins that may or may not share a common evolutionary origin (see Reeck et al., 1987, Cell 50:667).
In a specific embodiment, two DNA sequences are “substantially homologous” or “substantially similar” when at least about 50% (preferably at least about 75%, and most preferably at least about 90 or 95%) of the nucleotides match over the defined length of the DNA sequences. Sequences that are substantially homologous can be identified by comparing the sequences using standard software available in sequence data banks, or in a Southern hybridization experiment under, for example, stringent conditions as defined for that particular system. Defining appropriate hybridization conditions is within the skill of the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989, supra.
As used herein, “substantially similar” refers to nucleic acid fragments wherein changes in one or more nucleotide bases results in substitution of one or more amino acids, but do not affect the functional properties of the protein encoded by the DNA sequence. “Substantially similar” also refers to nucleic acid fragments wherein changes in one or more nucleotide bases does not affect the ability of the nucleic acid fragment to mediate alteration of gene expression by antisense or co-suppression technology. “Substantially similar” also refers to modifications of the nucleic acid fragments of the instant invention such as deletion or insertion of one or more nucleotide bases that do not substantially affect the functional properties of the resulting transcript. It is therefore understood that the invention encompasses more than the specific exemplary sequences. Each of the proposed modifications is well within the routine skill in the art, as is determination of retention of biological activity of the encoded products.
Moreover, the skilled artisan recognizes that substantially similar sequences encompassed by this invention are also defined by their ability to hybridize, under stringent conditions (0.1×SSC, 0.1% SDS, 65° C. and washed with 2×SSC, 0.1% SDS followed by 0.1×SSC, 0.1% SDS), with the sequences exemplified herein. Substantially similar nucleic acid fragments of the instant invention are those nucleic acid fragments whose DNA sequences are at least 70% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein. Preferred substantially nucleic acid fragments of the instant invention are those nucleic acid fragments whose DNA sequences are at least 80% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein. More preferred nucleic acid fragments are at least 90% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein. Even more preferred are nucleic acid fragments that are at least 95% identical to the DNA sequence of the nucleic acid fragments reported herein.
Two amino acid sequences are “substantially homologous” or “substantially similar” when greater than about 40% of the amino acids are identical, or greater than 60% are similar (functionally identical). Preferably, the similar or homologous sequences are identified by alignment using, for example, the GCG (Genetics Computer Group, Program Manual for the GCG Package, Version 7, Madison, Wis.) pileup program.
The term “corresponding to” is used herein to refer to similar or homologous sequences, whether the exact position is identical or different from the molecule to which the similarity or homology is measured. A nucleic acid or amino acid sequence alignment may include spaces. Thus, the term “corresponding to” refers to the sequence similarity, and not the numbering of the amino acid residues or nucleotide bases.
A “substantial portion” of an amino acid or nucleotide sequence comprises enough of the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide or the nucleotide sequence of a gene to putatively identify that polypeptide or gene, either by manual evaluation of the sequence by one skilled in the art, or by computer-automated sequence comparison and identification using algorithms such as BLAST (Basic Local Alignment Search Tool; Altschul, S. F., et al., (1993) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410; see also www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/). In general, a sequence of ten or more contiguous amino acids or thirty or more nucleotides is necessary in order to putatively identify a polypeptide or nucleic acid sequence as homologous to a known protein or gene. Moreover, with respect to nucleotide sequences, gene specific oligonucleotide probes comprising 20-30 contiguous nucleotides may be used in sequence-dependent methods of gene identification (e.g., Southern hybridization) and isolation (e.g., in situ hybridization of bacterial colonies or bacteriophage plaques). In addition, short oligonucleotides of 12-15 bases may be used as amplification primers in PCR in order to obtain a particular nucleic acid fragment comprising the primers. Accordingly, a “substantial portion” of a nucleotide sequence comprises enough of the sequence to specifically identify and/or isolate a nucleic acid fragment comprising the sequence.
The term “percent identity”, as known in the art, is a relationship between two or more polypeptide sequences or two or more polynucleotide sequences, as determined by comparing the sequences. In the art, “identity” also means the degree of sequence relatedness between polypeptide or polynucleotide sequences, as the case may be, as determined by the match between strings of such sequences. “Identity” and “similarity” can be readily calculated by known methods, including but not limited to those described in: Computational Molecular Biology (Lesk, A. M., ed.) Oxford University Press, New York (1988); Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects (Smith, D. W., ed.) Academic Press, New York (1993); Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I (Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds.) Humana Press, New Jersey (1994); Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology (von Heinje, G., ed.) Academic Press (1987); and Sequence Analysis Primer (Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds.) Stockton Press, New York (1991). Preferred methods to determine identity are designed to give the best match between the sequences tested. Methods to determine identity and similarity are codified in publicly available computer programs. Sequence alignments and percent identity calculations may be performed using the Megalign program of the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite (DNASTAR Inc., Madison, Wis.). Multiple alignment of the sequences may be performed using the Clustal method of alignment (Higgins and Sharp (1989) CABIOS. 5:151-153) with the default parameters (GAP PENALTY=10, GAP LENGTH PENALTY=10). Default parameters for pairwise alignments using the Clustal method may be selected: KTUPLE 1, GAP PENALTY=3, WINDOW=5 and DIAGONALS SAVED=5.
The term “sequence analysis software” refers to any computer algorithm or software program that is useful for the analysis of nucleotide or amino acid sequences. “Sequence analysis software” may be commercially available or independently developed. Typical sequence analysis software will include but is not limited to the GCG suite of programs (Wisconsin Package Version 9.0, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), Madison, Wis.), BLASTP, BLASTN, BLASTX (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990), and DNASTAR (DNASTAR, Inc. 1228 S. Park St. Madison, Wis. 53715 USA). Within the context of this application it will be understood that where sequence analysis software is used for analysis, that the results of the analysis will be based on the “default values” of the program referenced, unless otherwise specified. As used herein “default values” will mean any set of values or parameters which originally load with the software when first initialized.
“Synthetic genes” can be assembled from oligonucleotide building blocks that are chemically synthesized using procedures known to those skilled in the art. These building blocks are ligated and annealed to form gene segments that are then enzymatically assembled to construct the entire gene. “Chemically synthesized”, as related to a sequence of DNA, means that the component nucleotides were assembled in vitro. Manual chemical synthesis of DNA may be accomplished using well-established procedures, or automated chemical synthesis can be performed using one of a number of commercially available machines. Accordingly, the genes can be tailored for optimal gene expression based on optimization of nucleotide sequence to reflect the codon bias of the host cell. The skilled artisan appreciates the likelihood of successful gene expression if codon usage is biased towards those codons favored by the host. Determination of preferred codons can be based on a survey of genes derived from the host cell where sequence information is available.
As used herein, two or more individually operable gene regulation systems are said to be “orthogonal” when; a) modulation of each of the given systems by its respective ligand, at a chosen concentration, results in a measurable change in the magnitude of expression of the gene of that system, and b) the change is statistically significantly different than the change in expression of all other systems simultaneously operable in the cell, tissue, or organism, regardless of the simultaneity or sequentially of the actual modulation. Preferably, modulation of each individually operable gene regulation system effects a change in gene expression at least 2-fold greater than all other operable systems in the cell, tissue, or organism. More preferably, the change is at least 5-fold greater. Even more preferably, the change is at least 10-fold greater. Still more preferably, the change is at least 100 fold greater. Even still more preferably, the change is at least 500-fold greater. Ideally, modulation of each of the given systems by its respective ligand at a chosen concentration results in a measurable change in the magnitude of expression of the gene of that system and no measurable change in expression of all other systems operable in the cell, tissue, or organism. In such cases the multiple inducible gene regulation system is said to be “fully orthogonal”. The present invention is useful to search for orthogonal ligands and orthogonal receptor-based gene expression systems such as those described in co-pending U.S. application 60/237,446, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Gene Expression Modulation System of the Invention
Thus, Applicants have identified herein amino acid residues that affect the ligand sensitivity and magnitude of induction in a Group B-based inducible gene expression system. Applicants describe herein the construction of Group B nuclear receptors that comprise substitution mutations (referred to herein as “substitution mutants”) at these critical residues and the demonstration that these substitution mutant nuclear receptors are useful in methods of modulating gene expression. As presented herein, Applicants' novel substitution mutant nuclear receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system provides an improved inducible gene expression system in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells in which ligand sensitivity and magnitude of transactivation may be selected as desired, depending upon the application.
Thus, the present invention relates to novel substitution mutant Group B nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides, a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system comprising such mutated Group B nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides, and methods of modulating the expression of a gene within a host cell using such a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system.
In particular, the present invention relates to a gene expression modulation system comprising at least one gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Preferably, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is from a retinoid X receptor α, retinoid X receptor β, retinoid X receptor γ, H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), Nuclear Receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle protein, 2C1 nuclear receptor, and chorion factor 1 (CF-1). More preferably, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is from a vertebrate retinoid X receptor α, vertebrate retinoid X receptor β, vertebrate retinoid X receptor γ, or an invertebrate retinoid X receptor.
In a specific embodiment, the gene expression modulation system comprises a) a first gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a first polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain that recognizes a response element associated with a gene whose expression is to be modulated; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, and b) a second gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a second polypeptide comprising a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. The gene expression modulation system may further comprise a third gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element recognized by the DNA-binding domain of the first polypeptide; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the first polypeptide; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated.
In a preferred embodiment, the second polypeptide comprises a Group H nuclear receptor ligand binding domain selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor (EcR), a ubiquitous receptor (UR), an orphan receptor 1 (OR-1), an NER-1, a receptor-interacting protein 15 (RIP-15), a liver X receptor β (LXRβ), a steroid hormone receptor-like protein (RLD-1), a liver X receptor (LXR), a liver X receptor (LXRα), a framesoid X receptor (FXR), a receptor-interacting protein 14 (RIP-14), and a farnesol receptor (HRR-1) ligand binding domains.
In another specific embodiment, the gene expression modulation system comprises a first gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a first polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain that recognizes a response element associated with a gene whose expression is to be modulated and a first nuclear receptor ligand binding domain, and a second gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a second polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a second nuclear receptor ligand binding domain, wherein one of the nuclear receptor ligand binding domains is a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. In a preferred embodiment, the first polypeptide is substantially free of a transactivation domain and the second polypeptide is substantially free of a DNA binding domain. For purposes of the invention, “substantially free” means that the protein in question does not contain a sufficient sequence of the domain in question to provide activation or binding activity. The gene expression modulation system may further comprise a third gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element recognized by the DNA-binding domain of the first polypeptide of the first gene expression cassette; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the second polypeptide of the second gene expression cassette; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated.
In a preferred embodiment, when only one nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is a Group B ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, the other nuclear receptor ligand binding domain may be from any other nuclear receptor that forms a dimer with the Group B ligand binding domain comprising the substitution mutation. In a specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, and the other nuclear receptor ligand binding domain (“partner”) is from a Group H nuclear receptor. In a preferred embodiment, the Group H nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor (EcR), a ubiquitous receptor (UR), an orphan receptor 1 (OR-1), an NER-1, a receptor-interacting protein 15 (RIP-15), a liver X receptor β (LXRβ), a steroid hormone receptor-like protein (RLD-1), a liver X receptor (LXR), a liver X receptor (LXRα), a farnesoid X receptor (FXR), a receptor-interacting protein 14 (RIP-14), and a farnesol receptor (HRR-1) ligand binding domains.
The ecdysone receptor (EcR) ligand binding domain (LBD) may be from an invertebrate EcR, preferably selected from the class of Arthropod EcR. Preferably, the EcR is selected from the group consisting of a Lepidopteran EcR, a Dipteran EcR an Orthopteran EcR, a Homopteran EcR and a Hemipteran EcR. More preferably, the EcR ligand binding domain for use in the present invention is from a spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR (“CfEcR”), a beetle Tenebrio molitor EcR (“TmEcR”), a Manduca sexta EcR (“MsEcR”), a Heliothies virescens EcR (“HvEcR”), a midge Chironomus tentans EcR (“CtEcR”), a silk moth Bombyx mori EcR (“BmEcR”), a squinting bush brown Bicyclus anynana EcR (“BanEcR”), a buckeye Junonia coenia EcR (“JcEcR”), a fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster EcR (“DmEcR”), a mosquito Aedes aegypti EcR (“AaEcR”), a blowfly Lucilia capitata (“LcEcR”), a blowfly Lucilia cuprina EcR (“LucEcR”), a blowfly Calliphora vicinia EcR (“CvEcR”), a Mediterranean fruit fly Ceratitis capitata EcR (“CcEcR”), a locust Locusta migratoria EcR (“LmEcR”), an aphid Myzus persicae EcR (“MpEcR”), a fiddler crab Celuca pugilator EcR (“CpEcR”), a whitefly Bamecia argentifoli EcR (“BaEcR”, SEQ ID NO: 74), a leafhopper Nephotetix cincticeps EcR (“NcEcR”, SEQ ID NO: 75) or an ixodid tick Amblyomma americanum EcR (“AmaEcR”). More preferably, the LBD is from a CfEcR, a DmEcR, or an AmaEcR.
The “partner” nuclear receptor ligand binding domain may further comprise a truncation mutation, a deletion mutation, a second substitution mutation, or another modification.
In a specific embodiment, the LBD is from a truncated EcR polypeptide. The EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 255, 260, or 265 amino acids. Preferably, the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least a partial polypeptide domain. More preferably, the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least an entire polypeptide domain. In a specific embodiment, the EcR polypeptide truncation results in a deletion of at least an A/B-domain, a C-domain, a D-domain, an F-domain, an A/B/C-domains, an A/B/1/2-C-domains, an A/B/C/D-domains, an A/B/C/D/F-domains, an A/B/F-domains, an A/B/C/F-domains, a partial E domain, or a partial F domain. A combination of several complete and/or partial domain deletions may also be performed.
In a specific embodiment, the gene whose expression is to be modulated is a homologous gene with respect to the host cell. In another specific embodiment, the gene whose expression is to be modulated is a heterologous gene with respect to the host cell.
The ligands for use in the present invention as described below, when combined with the ligand binding domain of the nuclear receptor(s), which in turn are bound to the response element linked to a gene, provide the means for external temporal regulation of expression of the gene. The binding mechanism or the order in which the various components of this invention bind to each other, that is, for example, ligand to ligand binding domain, DNA-binding domain to response element, transactivation domain to promoter, etc., is not critical.
In a specific example, binding of the ligand to the ligand binding domain of a Group B nuclear receptor and optionally, its nuclear receptor ligand binding domain partner enables expression or suppression of the gene. This mechanism does not exclude the potential for ligand binding to the Group B nuclear receptor (GBNR) or its partner, and the resulting formation of active homodimer complexes (e.g. GBNR+GBNR or partner+partner). Preferably, one or more of the receptor domains is varied producing a hybrid gene switch. Typically, one or more of the three domains, a DNA binding domain (DBD), a ligand binding domain (LBD), and a transactivation domain (AD), may be chosen from a source different than the source of the other domains so that the hybrid genes and the resulting hybrid proteins are optimized in the chosen host cell or organism for transactivating activity, complementary binding of the ligand, and recognition of a specific response element. In addition, the response element itself can be modified or substituted with response elements for other DNA binding protein domains such as the GAL-4 protein from yeast (see Sadowski, et al. (1988) Nature, 335:563-564) or LexA protein from Escherichia coli (see Brent and Ptashne (1985), Cell, 43:729-736), or synthetic response elements specific for targeted interactions with proteins designed, modified, and selected for such specific interactions (see, for example, Kim, et al. (1997), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 94: 3616-3620) to accommodate hybrid receptors. Another advantage of the two-hybrid systems is that they allow choice of a promoter used to drive the gene expression according to a desired end result. Such double control can be particularly important in areas of gene therapy, especially when cytotoxic proteins are produced, because both the timing of expression as well as the cells wherein expression occurs can be controlled. When genes, operably linked to a suitable promoter, are introduced into the cells of the subject, expression of the exogenous genes is controlled by the presence of the system of this invention. Promoters may be constitutively or inducibly regulated or may be tissue-specific (that is, expressed only in a particular type of cell) or specific to certain developmental stages of the organism.
The retinoid X receptor is a member of the nuclear receptor superfamily and classified into subfamily 2, Group B (referred to herein as “Group B nuclear receptors”). The members of each group share 40-60% amino acid identity in the E (ligand binding) domain (Laudet et al., A Unified Nomenclature System for the Nuclear Receptor Subfamily, 1999; Cell 97: 161-163). In addition to the retinoid X receptor, other members of this nuclear receptor subfamily 2, Group B include: H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), Nuclear Receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle protein (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, and chorion factor 1 (CF-1).
Applicants previously demonstrated that a vertebrate RXR in partnership with an ecdysone receptor-based gene expression system provides an inducible gene expression system in yeast and mammalian cells that is characterized by increased ligand sensitivity and magnitude of transactivation (see pending application PCT/US01/09050). Recently, Applicants have shown that an invertebrate RXR can function as well as or better than a vertebrate RXR in an ecdysone receptor-based gene expression system by increasing gene transactivation and ligand sensitivity of the gene expression system (see pending application U.S. 60/294,814).
As described herein, Applicants have now identified critical amino acid residues within the ligand binding domain of RXRs that affect transactivation and ligand sensitivity of a nuclear receptor-based expression system. In Examples 2-4 infra, Applicants have identified amino acids from invertebrate retinoid X receptors (see Examples 2 and 3) and invertebrate ultraspiracle proteins (see Example 4) ligand binding domains that differ from amino acids of vertebrate RXRs. Applicants made substitution mutants within vertebrate RXR ligand binding domains by replacing the wild type vertebrate RXR amino acid with that of an invertebrate RXR or USP at their analogous position and tested these substitution mutants for their ability to transactivate gene expression in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system. As presented in the Examples herein, Applicants have now identified several novel retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain substitution mutants that exhibit unexpected and surprising levels of transactivation activity and/or ligand sensitivity.
Given the close relatedness of retinoid X receptor to other Group B nuclear receptors, Applicants' identified retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain substitution mutations are also expected to work when introduced into the analogous position of the ligand binding domains of other Group B nuclear receptors to modify ligand binding or ligand sensitivity in a Group B nuclear receptor-based gene expression system. Applicants' novel substitution mutated Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain polynucleotides and polypeptides are useful in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene modulation system for various applications including gene therapy, expression of proteins of interest in host cells, production of transgenic organisms, and cell-based assays.
In particular, Applicants describe herein a novel gene expression modulation system comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. This gene expression system may be a “single switch”-based gene expression system in which the transactivation domain, DNA-binding domain and ligand binding domain are on one encoded polypeptide. Alternatively, the gene expression modulation system may be a “dual switch”- or “two-hybrid”-based gene expression modulation system in which the transactivation domain and DNA-binding domain are located on two different encoded polypeptides. Applicants have demonstrated for the first time that a substitution mutated nuclear receptor can be used as a component of a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system to modify ligand binding activity and/or ligand specificity in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. As discussed herein, Applicants' findings are both unexpected and surprising.
Preferably the Group B nuclear receptor-based gene expression modulation system of the present invention may be either heterodimeric and homodimeric. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain heterodimerizes with an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain to form a function EcR complex. A functional EcR complex generally refers to a heterodimeric protein complex consisting of two members of the steroid receptor family, an ecdysone receptor protein obtained from various insects, and an ultraspiracle (USP) protein or the vertebrate homolog of USP, retinoid X receptor protein (see Yao, et al. (1993) Nature 366, 476-479; Yao, et al., (1992) Cell 71, 63-72). However, the complex may also be a homodimer as detailed below. The functional ecdysteroid receptor complex may also include additional protein(s) such as immunophilins. Additional members of the steroid receptor family of proteins, known as transcriptional factors (such as DHR38 or betaFTZ-1), may also be ligand dependent or independent partners for EcR, USP, and/or RXR. Additionally, other cofactors may be required such as proteins generally known as coactivators (also termed adapters or mediators). These proteins do not bind sequence-specifically to DNA and are not involved in basal transcription. They may exert their effect on transcription activation through various mechanisms, including stimulation of DNA-binding of activators, by affecting chromatin structure, or by mediating activator-initiation complex interactions. Examples of such coactivators include RIP140, TIF1, RAP46/Bag-1, ARA70, SRC-1/NCoA-1, TIF2/GRIP/NCoA-2, ACTR/AIB1/RAC3/pCIP as well as the promiscuous coactivator C response element B binding protein, CBP/p300 (for review see Glass et al., Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 9: 222-232, 1997). Also, protein cofactors generally known as corepressors (also known as repressors, silencers, or silencing mediators) may be required to effectively inhibit transcriptional activation in the absence of ligand. These corepressors may interact with the unliganded ecdysone receptor to silence the activity at the response element. Current evidence suggests that the binding of ligand changes the conformation of the receptor, which results in release of the corepressor and recruitment of the above described coactivators, thereby abolishing their silencing activity. Examples of corepressors include N-CoR and SMRT (for review, see Horwitz et al. Mol. Endocrinol. 10: 1167-1177, 1996). These cofactors may either be endogenous within the cell or organism, or may be added exogenously as transgenes to be expressed in either a regulated or unregulated fashion. Homodimer complexes of the ecdysone receptor protein, USP, or RXR may also be functional under some circumstances.
The ecdysone receptor complex typically includes proteins that are members of the nuclear receptor superfamily wherein all members are generally characterized by the presence of an amino-terminal transactivation domain, a DNA binding domain (“DBD”), and a ligand binding domain (“LBD”) separated from the DBD by a hinge region. As used herein, the term “DNA binding domain” comprises a minimal polypeptide sequence of a DNA binding protein, up to the entire length of a DNA binding protein, so long as the DNA binding domain functions to associate with a particular response element. Members of the nuclear receptor superfamily are also characterized by the presence of four or five domains: AB, C, D, E, and in some members F (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,981,784 and Evans, Science 240:889-895 (1988)). The “A/B” domain corresponds to the transactivation domain, “C” corresponds to the DNA binding domain, “D” corresponds to the hinge region, and “E” corresponds to the ligand binding domain. Some members of the family may also have another transactivation domain on the carboxy-terminal side of the LBD corresponding to “F”.
The DBD is characterized by the presence of two cysteine zinc fingers between which are two amino acid motifs, the P-box and the D-box, which confer specificity for ecdysone response elements. These domains may be either native, modified, or chimeras of different domains of heterologous receptor proteins. The EcR receptor, like a subset of the steroid receptor family, also possesses less well-defined regions responsible for heterodimerization properties. Because the domains of nuclear receptors are modular in nature, the LBD, DBD, and transactivation domains may be interchanged.
Gene switch systems are known that incorporate components from the ecdysone receptor complex. However, in these known systems, whenever EcR is used it is associated with native or modified DNA binding domains and transactivation domains on the same molecule. USP or RXR are typically used as silent partners. Applicants have previously shown that when DNA binding domains and transactivation domains are on the same molecule the background activity in the absence of ligand is high and that such activity is dramatically reduced when DNA binding domains and transactivation domains are on different molecules, that is, on each of two partners of a heterodimeric or homodimeric complex (see PCT/US01/09050).
Gene Expression Cassettes of the Invention
The novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system of the invention comprises at least one gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell, wherein the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Thus, Applicants' invention also provides novel gene expression cassettes for use in the gene expression system of the invention.
In a specific embodiment, the gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention provides a gene expression cassette that is capable of being expressed in a host cell, wherein the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. A hybrid polypeptide according to the invention comprises at least two polypeptide fragments, wherein each polypeptide fragment is from a different source, i.e., a different nuclear receptor, a different species, etc. The hybrid polypeptide according to the invention may comprise at least two polypeptide domains, wherein each polypeptide domain is from a different source.
In a specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is from an retinoid X receptor α (RXRα), retinoid X receptor β (RXRβ), retinoid X receptor γ (RXRγ), H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), nuclear receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), ultraspiracle protein (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, or chorion factor 1 (CF-1). In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a vertebrate retinoid X receptor α, vertebrate retinoid X receptor β, vertebrate retinoid X receptor γ, or an invertebrate retinoid X receptor.
Thus, the present invention also provides a gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Preferably, the gene expression cassette comprises a polynucleotide that encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; b) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and c) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; wherein the encoded hybrid polypeptide comprises at least two polypeptide fragments, wherein each polypeptide fragment is from a different source.
The retinoid X receptor (RXR) ligand binding domain (LBD) may be from an invertebrate or vertebrate RXR. Preferably, the RXR ligand binding domain for use in the present invention is from a human Homo sapiens (HsRXR), a mouse Mus musculus (MmRXR), a rat Rattus norvegicus (RnRXR), a chicken Gallus gallus (GgRXR), a domestic pig Sus scrofa domestica (SsRXR), a frog Xenopus laevis (XIRXR), a zebra fish Danio rerio (DrRXR), a beetle Tenebrio molitor RXR homolog (“TmRXR”), a locust Locusta migratoria USP/RXR homolog (referred to as either “LmUSP” or “LmRXR”), an aphid Myzus persicae RXR homolog (“MpRXR”), a honeybee Apis mellifera RXR homolog (“AmRXR”), a fiddler crab Celuca pugilator RXR homolog (“CpRXR”), an ixodid tick Amblyomma americanum RXR homolog 1 (“AmaRXR1”), an ixodid tick Amblyomma americanum RXR homolog 2 (“AmaRXR2”), a tunicate Polyandrocarpa misakiensis (PmRXR), or a jellyfish Tripedalia cystophora RXR (TcRXR). More preferably, the LBD is from a MmRXR or a HsRXR.
In a specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to an amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residues 355 or 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 or 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2,1) a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 516 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) a leucine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine, residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, o) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, p) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, q) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or r) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution mutation at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
Preferably, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residues 355 or 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 or 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 516 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) a leucine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, o) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, p) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, q) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or r) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation is selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
The DNA binding domain (DBD) can be any DNA binding domain with a known response element, including synthetic and chimeric DNA binding domains, or analogs, combinations, or modifications thereof. Preferably, the DBD is a GAL4 DBD, a LexA DBD, a transcription factor DBD, a Group B nuclear receptor member DBD, a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor superfamily member DBD, a bacterial LacZ DBD, or a DBD. More preferably, the DBD is an ecdysone receptor (EcR) DBD [SEQ ID NO: 3 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 4 (polypeptide)], a GAL4 DBD [SEQ ID NO: 5 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 6 (polypeptide)], or a LexA DBD [(SEQ ID NO: 7 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 8 (polypeptide)].
The transactivation domain (abbreviated “AD” or “TA”) may be any Group B nuclear receptor member AD, steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor AD, synthetic or chimeric AD, polyglutamine AD, basic or acidic amino acid AD, a VP16 AD, a GAL4 AD, an NF-κB AD, a BP64 AD, a B42 acidic activation domain (B42AD), a P65 activation domain (P65AD), or an analog, combination, or modification thereof.
In a specific embodiment, the AD is a synthetic or chimeric AD, or is obtained from an ecdysone receptor, a glucocorticoid receptor, VP16, GAL4, NF-κB, or B42 acidic activation domain AD. Preferably, the AD is an EcR AD [SEQ ID NO: 9 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 10 (polypeptide)], a VP16 AD [SEQ ID NO: 11 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 12 (polypeptide)], a B42 AD [SEQ ID NO: 13 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 14 (polypeptide)], or a p65 AD [SEQ ID NO: 15 (polynucleotide) or SEQ ID NO: 16 (polypeptide)].
In a specific embodiment, the gene expression cassette encodes a hybrid polypeptide comprising a) a DNA-binding domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 7; a transactivation domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 13, or SEQ ID NO: 15; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention; b) a DNA-binding domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 7, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention, or c) a transactivation domain encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 13, or SEQ ID NO: 15; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention. Preferably, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention.
In another specific embodiment, the gene expression cassette encodes a hybrid polypeptide comprising a) a DNA-binding domain comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 8; a transactivation domain comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 16; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) a DNA-binding domain comprising an amino acid sequence acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 8; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention, or c) a transactivation domain comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 16; and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention. Preferably, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
The response element (“RE”) may be any response element with a-known DNA binding domain, or an analog, combination, or modification thereof. A single RE may be employed or multiple REs, either multiple copies of the same RE or two or more different REs, may be used in the present invention. In a specific embodiment, the RE is an RE from GAL4 (“GAL4RE”), LexA, a Group B nuclear receptor RE, a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor RE, or a synthetic RE that recognizes a synthetic DNA binding domain. Preferably, the RE is an ecdysone RE (EcRE) comprising a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, a GALORE comprising a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, or a LexA RE (operon, “op”) comprising a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 (“2XLexAopRE”).
A steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor DNA binding domain, activation domain or response element according to the invention may be obtained from a steroid/thyroid hormone nuclear receptor selected from the group consisting of thyroid hormone receptor α (TRα), thyroid receptor 1 (c-erbA-1), thyroid hormone receptor β (TRβ), retinoic acid receptor α (RARα), retinoic acid receptor β (RARβ, HAP), retinoic acid receptor γ (RARγ), retinoic acid receptor gamma-like (RARD), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor α (PPARα), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor β (PPARβ), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor δ (PPARδ, NUC-1), peroxisome proliferator-activator related receptor (FFAR), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor γ (PPARγ), orphan receptor encoded by non-encoding strand of thyroid hormone receptor α (REVERBα), v-erb A related receptor (EAR-1), v-erb related receptor (EAR-1A), γ), orphan receptor encoded by non-encoding strand of thyroid hormone receptor β (REVERBβ), v-erb related receptor (EAR-1β), orphan nuclear receptor BD73 (BD73), rev-erbA-related receptor (RVR), zinc finger protein 126 (HZF2), ecdysone-inducible protein E75 (E75), ecdysone-inducible protein E78 (E78), Drosophila receptor 78 (DR-78), retinoid-related orphan receptor α (RORα), retinoid Z receptor α (RZRα), retinoid related orphan receptor β (RORβ), retinoid Z receptor β (RZRβ), retinoid-related orphan receptor γ (RORγ), retinoid Z receptor γ (RZRγ), retinoid-related orphan receptor (TOR), hormone receptor 3 (HR-3), Drosophila hormone receptor 3 (DHR-3), manduca hormone receptor (MHR-3), Galleria hormone receptor 3 (GHR-3), C. elegans nuclear receptor 3 (CNR-3), Choristoneura hormone receptor 3 (CHR-3), C. elegans nuclear receptor 14 (CNR-14), ecdysone receptor (ECR), ubiquitous receptor (UR), orphan nuclear receptor (OR-1), NER-1, receptor-interacting protein 15 (RIP-15), liver X receptor β (LXRβ), steroid hormone receptor like protein (RLD-1), liver X receptor (LXR), liver X receptor α (LXRα), farnesoid X receptor (FXR), receptor-interacting protein 14 (RIP-14), HRR-1, vitamin D receptor (VDR), orphan nuclear receptor (ONR-1), pregnane X receptor (PXR), steroid and xenobiotic receptor (SXR), benzoate X receptor (BXR), nuclear receptor (MB-67), constitutive androstane receptor 1 (CAR-1), constitutive androstane receptor α (CARα), constitutive androstane receptor 2 (CAR-2), constitutive androstane receptor β (CARβ), Drosophila hormone receptor 96 (DHR-96), nuclear hormone receptor 1 (NHR-1), hepatocyte nuclear factor 4 (HNF-4), hepatocyte nuclear factor 4G (HNF-4G), hepatocyte nuclear factor 4B (HNF-4B), hepatocyte nuclear factor 4D (HNF-4D, DHNF-4), retinoid X receptor α (RXRα), retinoid X receptor β (RXRβ), H-2 region II binding protein (H-2RIIBP), nuclear receptor co-regulator-1 (RCoR-1), retinoid X receptor γ (RXRγ), Ultraspiracle (USP), 2C1 nuclear receptor, chorion factor 1 (CF-1), testicular receptor 2 (TR2), testicular receptor 2-11 (TR2-11), testicular receptor 4 (TR4), TAK-1, Drosophila hormone receptor (DHR78), Tailless (TLL), tailless homolog (TLX), XTLL, chicken ovalbumin upstream promoter transcription factor I (COUP-TFI), chicken ovalbumin upstream promoter transcription factor A (COUP-TFA), EAR-3, SVP-44, chicken ovalbumin upstream promoter transcription factor II (COUP-TFII), chicken ovalbumin upstream promoter transcription factor B (COUP-TFB), ARP-1, SVP-40, SVP, chicken ovalbumin upstream promoter transcription factor III (COUP-TFIII), chicken ovalbumin upstream promoter transcription factor G (COUP-TFG), SVP-46, EAR-2, estrogen receptor α (ERα), estrogen receptor β (ERβ), estrogen related receptor β (ERRβ), estrogen related receptor α (ERRα), estrogen related receptor 2 (ERR2), estrogen related receptor β (ERRβ), glucocorticoid receptor (GR), mineralocorticoid receptor (MR), progesterone receptor (PR), androgen receptor (AR), nerve growth factor induced gene B (NGFI-B), nuclear receptor similar to Nur-77 (TRS), N10, Orphan receptor (NUR-77), Human early response gene (NAK-1), Nurr related factor 1 (NURR-1), a human immediate-early response gene (NOT), regenerating liver nuclear receptor 1 (RNR-1), hematopoietic zinc finger 3 (HZF-3), Nur rekated protein-1 (TINOR), Nuclear orphan receptor 1 (NOR-1), NOR1 related receptor (MINOR), Drosophila hormone receptor 38 (DHR-38), C. elegans nuclear receptor 8 (CNR-8), C48D5, steroidogenic factor 1 (SF1), endozepine-like peptide (ELP), fushi tarazu factor 1 (FTZ-F1), adrenal 4 binding protein (AD4BP), liver receptor homolog (LRH-1), Ftz-F1-related orphan receptor A (xFFrA), Ftz-F1-related orphan receptor B (xFFrB), nuclear receptor related to LRH-1 (FFLR), nuclear receptor related to LRH-1 (PHR), fetoprotein transcription factor (FTF), germ cell nuclear factor (GCNFM), retinoid receptor-related testis-associated receptor (RTR), knirps (KNI), knirps related (KNRL), Embryonic gonad (EGON), Drosophila gene for ligand dependent nuclear receptor (EAGLE), nuclear receptor similar to trithorax (ODR7), Trithorax, dosage sensitive sex reversal adrenal hypoplasia congenita critical region chromosome X gene (DAX-1), adrenal hypoplasia congenita and hypogonadotropic hypogonadism (AHCH), and short heterodimer partner (SHP).
Thus, the present invention also provides a gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element comprising a domain recognized by a polypeptide comprising a DNA binding domain; a promoter that is activated by a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain; and a gene whose expression is to be modulated.
Genes of interest for use in Applicants' gene expression cassettes may be endogenous genes or heterologous genes. Nucleic acid or amino acid sequence information for a desired gene or protein can be located in one of many public access databases, for example, GENBANK, EMBL, Swiss-Prot, and PIR, or in many biology related journal publications. Thus, those skilled in the art have access to nucleic acid sequence information for virtually all known genes. Such information can then be used to construct the desired constructs for the insertion of the gene of interest within the gene expression cassettes used in Applicants' methods described herein.
Examples of genes of interest for use in Applicants' gene expression cassettes include, but are not limited to: genes encoding therapeutically desirable polypeptides or products that may be used to treat a condition, a disease, a disorder, a dysfunction, a genetic defect, such as monoclonal antibodies, enzymes, proteases, cytokines, interferons, insulin, erythropoietin, clotting factors, other blood factors or components, viral vectors for gene therapy, virus for vaccines, targets for drug discovery, functional genomics, and proteomics analyses and applications, and the like.
For purposes of this invention, nuclear receptors and Group B nuclear receptors also include synthetic and chimeric nuclear receptors and Group B nuclear receptors and their homologs.
Polynucleotides of the Invention
The novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system of the invention comprises at least one gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. These gene expression cassettes, the polynucleotides they comprise, and the polypeptides they encode are useful as components of a nuclear receptor-based gene expression system to modulate the expression of a gene within a host cell. Thus, the present invention also provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
In a specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to an amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residues 355 or 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residues 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 or 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 516 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) a leucine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, o) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, p) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, q) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or r) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid of amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
The present invention also provides an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
In a specific embodiment, the isolated polynucleotide encodes a hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) a hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
The present invention also relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation affects ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
In particular, the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, orb) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces non-steroid ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue, wherein the amino acid residue is at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, or b) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In addition, the present invention also relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or o) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or o) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation or codon mutations that results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances both steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity and non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B ligand binding domain.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention also relates to an isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation increases ligand sensitivity of a heterodimer comprising the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation and a dimerization partner. In a specific embodiment, the dimerization partner is an ecdysone receptor polypeptide. In another specific embodiment, the dimerization partner is a truncated EcR polypeptide.
In addition, the present invention relates to an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide according the invention, operatively linked to a transcription regulatory element. Preferably, the polynucleotide encoding a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is operatively linked with an expression control sequence permitting expression of the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain in an expression competent host cell. The expression control sequence may comprise a promoter that is functional in the host cell in which expression is desired. The vector may be a plasmid DNA molecule or a viral vector. Preferred viral vectors include retrovirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, herpes virus, and vaccinia virus. The invention further relates to a replication defective recombinant virus comprising in its genome, the polynucleotide encoding a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation as described above. Thus, the present invention also relates to an isolated host cell comprising such an expression vector, wherein the transcription regulatory element is operative in the host cell.
The present invention also relates to an isolated polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide according to the invention.
Polypeptides of the Invention
The novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system of the invention comprises at least one gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Thus, the present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution mutation at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 344, 355, 385, 431, 442, 462, 470, 472, 473, 495, 500, 511, 516, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2.
Preferably, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337, 495, 500, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 or 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 or 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 516 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) a leucine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, o) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, p) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, q) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or r) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
In another specific embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation is a retinoid X receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation is selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, D344N, K355R, S385A, M431L, R442K, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, A495S, E500S, K511R, T516V, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
The present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) an isolated polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) an isolated polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) an isolated polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
The present invention also provides an isolated hybrid polypeptide selected from the group consisting of a) an isolated hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; b) an isolated hybrid polypeptide comprising a DNA-binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention; and c) an isolated hybrid polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation according to the invention. In a preferred embodiment, the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is from a retinoid X receptor.
The present invention also provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that affects ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
In particular, the present invention relates to an isolated Group B nuclear receptor polypeptide comprising a ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that reduces ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, orb) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation reduces non-steroid ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to a) amino acid residue 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, orb) amino acid residue 344, 431, 442, 495, 511, or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an asparagine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 344 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 431 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) a lysine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 442 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 495 or 528 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or g) an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 511 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, and b) D344N, M431L, R442K, A495S, K511R, or A528S of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In addition, the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that enhances ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that enhances steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, c) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2,1) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, in) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or o) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation that enhances non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. Preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) 337, 355, 385, 462, 470, 472, 473, or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) 321, 322, and 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) 470, 472, and 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. More preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution of a) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 401 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 429 of SEQ ID NO: 1, d) a serine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 337 or 500 of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 355 of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) an alanine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 385 or 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 462 of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, i) a glutamic acid at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, j) a leucine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 321 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 322 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a valine residue at a position equivalent or analogous to amino acid residue 323 of SEQ ID NO: 2, k) a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 450 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a valine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 451 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 452 of SEQ ID NO: 2,1) a lysine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 455 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a serine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 456 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 457 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a glutamine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 458 of SEQ ID NO: 2, m) an alanine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 470 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 472 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a tyrosine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 473 of SEQ ID NO: 2, n) a threonine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residues 475, 477, and 478 of SEQ ID NO: 2, an arginine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 476 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a histidine residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 479 of SEQ ID NO: 2, or o) an aspartic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 481 of SEQ ID NO: 2, a glutamic acid residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 482 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and a proline residue at a position equivalent to or analogous to amino acid residue 483 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even more preferably, the isolated polypeptide comprises a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO: 1, c) T337S, K355R, S385A, V462L, S470A, E471D, T473E, or E500S of SEQ ID NO: 2, d) G321L, P322R, and G323V of SEQ ID NO: 2, e) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO: 2, f) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO: 2, g) S470A, E472D, and T473Y of SEQ ID NO: 2, h) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO: 2, and i) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO: 2.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation enhances both steroid binding activity or steroid sensitivity and non-steroid binding activity or non-steroid sensitivity of the Group B ligand binding domain.
In another specific embodiment, the present invention also relates to an isolated polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the substitution mutation increases ligand sensitivity of a heterodimer comprising the Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation and a dimerization partner. In a specific embodiment, the dimerization partner is an ecdysone receptor polypeptide. In another specific embodiment, the dimerization partner is a truncated EcR polypeptide.
The present invention also relates to compositions comprising an isolated polypeptide according to the invention.
Method of Modulating Gene Expression of the Invention
Applicants' invention also relates to methods of modulating gene expression in a host cell using a gene expression modulation system according to the invention. Specifically, Applicants' invention provides a method of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell comprising the steps of: a) introducing into the host cell a gene expression modulation system according to the invention; and b) introducing into the host cell a ligand; wherein the gene to be modulated is a component of a gene expression cassette comprising: i) a response element comprising a domain recognized by the DNA binding domain of the gene expression system; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the gene expression system; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated, whereby upon introduction of the ligand into the host cell, expression of the gene is modulated.
The invention also provides a method of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell comprising the steps of: a) introducing into the host cell a gene expression modulation system according to the invention; b) introducing into the host cell a gene expression cassette according to the invention, wherein the gene expression cassette comprises i) a response element comprising a domain recognized by the DNA binding domain from the gene expression system; ii) a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the gene expression system; and iii) a gene whose expression is to be modulated; and c) introducing into the host cell a ligand; whereby upon introduction of the ligand into the host cell, expression of the gene is modulated.
Applicants' invention also provides a method of modulating the expression of a gene in a host cell comprising a gene expression cassette comprising a response element comprising a domain to which the DNA binding domain from the first hybrid polypeptide of the gene expression modulation system binds; a promoter that is activated by the transactivation domain of the second hybrid polypeptide of the gene expression modulation system; and a gene whose expression is to be modulated; wherein the method comprises the steps of: a) introducing into the host cell a gene expression modulation system according to the invention; and b) introducing into the host cell a ligand; whereby upon introduction of the ligand into the host, expression of the gene is modulated.
Genes of interest for expression in a host cell using Applicants' methods may be endogenous genes or heterologous genes. Nucleic acid or amino acid sequence information for a desired gene or protein can be located in one of many public access databases, for example, GENBANK, EMBL, Swiss-Prot, and PIR, or in many biology related journal publications. Thus, those skilled in the art have access to nucleic acid sequence information for virtually all known genes. Such information can then be used to construct the desired constructs for the insertion of the gene of interest within the gene expression cassettes used in Applicants' methods described herein.
Examples of genes of interest for expression in a host cell using Applicants' methods include, but are not limited to: antigens produced in plants as vaccines, enzymes like alpha-amylase, phytase, glucanes, xylase and xylanase, genes for resistance against insects, nematodes, fungi, bacteria, viruses, and abiotic stresses, nutraceuticals, antigens, pharmaceuticals, vitamins, genes for modifying amino acid content, herbicide resistance, cold, drought, and heat tolerance, industrial products, oils, protein, carbohydrates, antioxidants, male sterile plants, flowers, fuels, other output traits, genes encoding therapeutically desirable polypeptides or products that may be used to treat a condition, a disease, a disorder, a dysfunction, a genetic defect, such as monoclonal antibodies, enzymes, proteases, cytokines, interferons, insulin, erythropoietin, clotting factors, other blood factors or components, viral vectors for gene therapy, virus for vaccines, targets for drug discovery, functional genomics, and proteomics analyses and applications, and the like.
Acceptable ligands are any that modulate expression of the gene when binding of the DNA binding domain of the gene expression system according to the invention to the response element in the presence of the ligand results in activation or suppression of expression of the genes. Preferred ligands include an ecdysteroid, such as ecdysone, 20-hydroxyecdysone, ponasterone A, muristerone A, and the like, 9-cis-retinoic acid, synthetic analogs of retinoic acid, N,N′-diarylhydrazines such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,836; 5,117,057; 5,530,028; and 5,378,726; dibenzoylalkyl cyanohydrazines such as those disclosed in European Application No. 461,809; N-alkyl-N,N′-diaroylhydrazines such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,443; N-acyl-N-alkylcarbonylhydrazines such as those disclosed in European Application No. 234,994; N-aroyl-N-alkyl-N′-aroylhydrazines such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,985,461; each of which is incorporated herein by reference and other similar materials including 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-N-isobutyl-benzamide, 8-O-acetylharpagide, oxysterols, 22(R) hydroxycholesterol, 24(S) hydroxycholesterol, 25-epoxycholesterol, T0901317, 5-alpha-6-alpha-epoxycholesterol-3-sulfate (ECHS), 7-ketocholesterol-3-sulfate, farnesol, bile acids, 1,1-biphosphonate esters, Juvenile hormone III, a 9-cis-retinoic acid, 4-(1-(3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-napthyl)-ethenyl)benzoic acid (3-methyl-TTEB), ((E)-2)-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrat-hydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2-napthyl)propen-1-yl)-4-thiophenecarboxylic acid), 2-(5,6,7,8-tetra-hydro-3,5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthyl)-2-(carboxyphenyl)-1,3-dioxolane, 4-(5H-2,3-(2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexano)-5-methyl-dibenzo (b,e) (1,4)diazepin-11-yl)-benzoic acid (HX600) or thiadiazepin analogs thereof, 3,7,11,15-tetramethyl hexadeconoic acid (phytanic acid), 6-(1-(3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)cyclopropyl)nicotinic acid, 2-(4-caroxyphenyl)-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthalenyl)-1,3-dithiane, or 4-(2-methyl)-1-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-napthalenyl) propenyl)benzoic acid, and the like.
In a preferred embodiment, the ligand for use in Applicants' method of modulating expression of gene is a compound of the formula:
Figure US09249207-20160202-C00002

wherein:
E is a (C4-C6)alkyl containing a tertiary carbon or a cyano(C3-C5)alkyl containing a tertiary carbon;
R1 is H, Me, Et, i-Pr, F, formyl, CF3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2OH, CH2OMe, CH2CN, CN, C≡CH, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, vinyl, OH, OMe, OEt, cyclopropyl, CF2CF3, CH═CHCN, allyl, azido, SCN, or SCHF2;
R2 is H, Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, formyl, CF3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2OH, CH2OMe, CH2CN, CN, C≡CH, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, vinyl, Ac, F, CI, OH, OMe, OEt, O-n-Pr, OAc, NMe2, NEt2, SMe, SEt, SOCF3, OCF2CF2H, COEt, cyclopropyl, CF2CF3, CH═CHCN, allyl, azido, OCF3, OCHF2, O-i-Pr, SCN, SCHF2, SOMe, NH—CN, or joined with R3 and the phenyl carbons to which R2 and R3 are attached to form an ethylenedioxy, a dihydrofuryl ring with the oxygen adjacent to a phenyl carbon, or a dihydropyryl ring with the oxygen adjacent to a phenyl carbon;
R3 is H, Et, or joined with R2 and the phenyl carbons to which R2 and R3 are attached to form an ethylenedioxy, a dihydrofuryl ring with the oxygen adjacent to a phenyl carbon, or a dihydropyryl ring with the oxygen adjacent to a phenyl carbon;
R4, R5, and R6 are independently H, Me, Et, F, Cl, Br, formyl, CF3, CHF2, CHCl2, CH2F, CH2Cl, CH2OH, CN, C≡CH, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, vinyl, OMe, OEt, SMe, or SEt;
In another preferred embodiment, the ligand for use in Applicants' method of modulating expression of gene is an ecdysone, 20-hydroxyecdysone, ponasterone A, or muristerone A.
In another preferred embodiment, the ligand for use in Applicants' method of modulating expression of gene is a 9-cis-retinoic acid, 4-(1-(3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-napthyl)-ethenyl)benzoic acid (3-methyl-TTEB), ((E)-2)-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrat-hydro-3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-2-napthyl)propen-1-yl)-4-thiophenecarboxylic acid), 2-(5,6,7,8-tetra-hydro-3,5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthyl)-2-(carboxyphenyl)-1,3-dioxolane, 4-(5H-2,3-(2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexano)-5-methyl-dibenzo (b,e) (1,4)diazepin-11-yl)-benzoic acid (HX600) or thiadiazepin analogs thereof, 3,7,11,15-tetramethyl hexadeconoic acid (phytanic acid), 6-(1-(3,5,5,8,8-pentamethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)cyclopropyl)nicotinic acid, 2-(4-caroxyphenyl)-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthalenyl)-1,3-dithiane, or 4-(2-methyl)-1-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-napthalenyl) propenyl)benzoic acid.
In another preferred embodiment, a second ligand may be used in addition to the first ligand discussed above in Applicants' method of modulating expression of a gene. Preferably, this second ligand is 9-cis-retinoic acid or a synthetic analog of retinoic acid.
Host Cells and Non-Human Organisms of the Invention
As described above, the gene expression modulation system of the present invention may be used to modulate gene expression in a host cell. Expression in transgenic host cells may be useful for the expression of various genes of interest. Applicants' invention provides for modulation of gene expression in prokaryotic and eukaryotic host cells. Expression in transgenic host cells is useful for the expression of various polypeptides of interest including but not limited to antigens produced in plants as vaccines, enzymes like alpha-amylase, phytase, glucanes, xylase and xylanase, genes for resistance against insects, nematodes, fungi, bacteria, viruses, and abiotic stresses, nutraceuticals, antigens, pharmaceuticals, vitamins, genes for modifying amino acid content, herbicide resistance, cold, drought, and heat tolerance, industrial products, oils, protein, carbohydrates, antioxidants, male sterile plants, flowers, fuels, other output traits, therapeutic polypeptides, pathway intermediates; for the modulation of pathways already existing in the host for the synthesis of new products heretofore not possible using the host; cell based assays; functional genomics assays, biotherapeutic protein production, proteomics assays, and the like. Additionally the gene products may be useful for conferring higher growth yields of the host or for enabling an alternative growth mode to be utilized.
Thus, Applicants' invention provides an isolated host cell comprising a gene expression system according to the invention. The present invention also provides an isolated host cell comprising a gene expression cassette according to the invention. Applicants' invention also provides an isolated host cell comprising a polynucleotide or a polypeptide according to the invention. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a host cell transfected with an expression vector according to the invention. The host cell may be a bacterial cell, a fungal cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a fish cell, a plant cell, an avian cell, an animal cell, or a mammalian cell. In still another embodiment, the invention relates to a method for producing a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the method comprises culturing the host cell as described above in culture medium under conditions permitting expression of a polynucleotide encoding the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, and isolating the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation from the culture.
In a specific embodiment, the isolated host cell is a prokaryotic host cell or a eukaryotic host cell. In another specific embodiment, the isolated host cell is an invertebrate host cell or a vertebrate host cell. Preferably, the host cell is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial cell, a fungal cell, a yeast cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a fish cell, a plant cell, an avian cell, an animal cell, and a mammalian cell. More preferably, the host cell is a yeast cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a plant cell, a zebrafish cell, a chicken cell, a hamster cell, a mouse cell, a rat cell, a rabbit cell, a cat cell, a dog cell, a bovine cell, a goat cell, a cow cell, a pig cell, a horse cell, a sheep cell, a simian cell, a monkey cell, a chimpanzee cell, or a human cell.
Examples of preferred host cells include, but are not limited to, fungal or yeast species such as Aspergillus, Trichoderma, Saccharomyces, Pichia, Candida, Hansenula, or bacterial species such as those in the genera Synechocystis, Synechococcus, Salmonella, Bacillus, Acinetobacter, Rhodococcus, Streptomyces, Escherichia, Pseudomonas, Methylomonas, Methylobacter, Alcaligenes, Synechocystis, Anabaena, Thiobacillus, Methanobacterium and Klebsiella, plant species selected from the group consisting of an apple, Arabidopsis, bajra, banana, barley, beans, beet, blackgram, chickpea, chili, cucumber, eggplant, favabean, maize, melon, millet, mungbean, oat, okra, Panicum, papaya, peanut, pea, pepper, pigeonpea, pineapple, Phaseolus, potato, pumpkin, rice, sorghum, soybean, squash, sugarcane, sugarbeet, sunflower, sweet potato, tea, tomato, tobacco, watermelon, and wheat, animal, and mammalian host cells.
In a specific embodiment, the host cell is a yeast cell selected from the group consisting of a Saccharomyces, a Pichia, and a Candida host cell.
In another specific embodiment, the host cell is a Caenorhabdus elegans nematode cell.
In another specific embodiment, the host cell is an insect cell.
In another specific embodiment, the host cell is a plant cell selected from the group consisting of an apple, Arabidopsis, bajra, banana, barley, beans, beet, blackgram, chickpea, chili, cucumber, eggplant, favabean, maize, melon, millet, mungbean, oat, okra, Panicum, papaya, peanut, pea, pepper, pigeonpea, pineapple, Phaseolus, potato, pumpkin, rice, sorghum, soybean, squash, sugarcane, sugarbeet, sunflower, sweet potato, tea, tomato, tobacco, watermelon, and wheat cell.
In another specific embodiment, the host cell is a zebrafish cell.
In another specific embodiment, the host cell is a chicken cell.
In another specific embodiment, the host cell is a mammalian cell selected from the group consisting of a hamster cell, a mouse cell, a rat cell, a rabbit cell, a cat cell, a dog cell, a bovine cell, a goat cell, a cow cell, a pig cell, a horse cell, a sheep cell, a monkey cell, a chimpanzee cell and a human cell.
Host cell transformation is well known in the art and may be achieved by a variety of methods including but not limited to electroporation, viral infection, plasmid/vector transfection, non-viral vector mediated transfection, Agrobacterium-mediated transformation particle bombardment, and the like. Expression of desired gene products involves culturing the transformed host cells under suitable conditions and inducing expression of the transformed gene. Culture conditions and gene expression protocols in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells are well known in the art (see General Methods section of Examples). Cells may be harvested and the gene products isolated according to protocols specific for the gene product.
In addition, a host cell may be chosen which modulates the expression of the inserted polynucleotide, or modifies and processes the polypeptide product in the specific fashion desired. Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the translational and post-translational processing and modification [e.g., glycosylation, cleavage (e.g., of signal sequence)] of proteins. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to ensure the desired modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. For example, expression in a bacterial system can be used to produce a non-glycosylated core protein product. However, a polypeptide expressed in bacteria may not be properly folded. Expression in yeast can produce a glycosylated product. Expression in eukaryotic cells can increase the likelihood of “native” glycosylation and folding of a heterologous protein. Moreover, expression in mammalian cells can provide a tool for reconstituting, or constituting, the polypeptide's activity. Furthermore, different vector/host expression systems may affect processing reactions, such as proteolytic cleavages, to a different extent.
Applicants' invention also relates to a non-human organism comprising an isolated host cell according to the invention. In a specific embodiment, the non-human organism is a prokaryotic organism or a eukaryotic organism. In another specific embodiment, the non-human organism is an invertebrate organism or a vertebrate organism.
Preferably, the non-human organism is selected from the group consisting of a bacterium, a fungus, a yeast, a nematode, an insect, a fish, a plant, a bird, an animal, and a mammal. More preferably, the non-human organism is a yeast, a nematode, an insect, a plant, a zebrafish, a chicken, a hamster, a mouse, a rat, a rabbit, a cat, a dog, a bovine, a goat, a cow, a pig, a horse, a sheep, a simian, a monkey, or a chimpanzee.
In a specific embodiment, the non-human organism is a yeast selected from the group consisting of Saccharomyces, Pichia, and Candida.
In another specific embodiment, the non-human organism is a Caenorhabdus elegans nematode.
In another specific embodiment, the non-human organism is a plant selected from the group consisting of an apple, Arabidopsis, bajra, banana, barley, beans, beet, blackgram, chickpea, chili, cucumber, eggplant, favabean, maize, melon, millet, mungbean, oat, okra, Panicum, papaya, peanut, pea, pepper, pigeonpea, pineapple, Phaseolus, potato, pumpkin, rice, sorghum, soybean, squash, sugarcane, sugarbeet, sunflower, sweet potato, tea, tomato, tobacco, watermelon, and wheat.
In another specific embodiment, the non-human organism is a Mus musculus mouse.
Measuring Gene Expression/Transcription
One useful measurement of Applicants' methods of the invention is that of the transcriptional state of the cell including the identities and abundances of RNA, preferably mRNA species. Such measurements are conveniently conducted by measuring cDNA abundances by any of several existing gene expression technologies.
Nucleic acid array technology is a useful technique for determining differential mRNA expression. Such technology includes, for example, oligonucleotide chips and DNA microarrays. These techniques rely on DNA fragments or oligonucleotides which correspond to different genes or cDNAs which are immobilized on a solid support and hybridized to probes prepared from total mRNA pools extracted from cells, tissues, or whole organisms and converted to cDNA. Oligonucleotide chips are arrays of oligonucleotides synthesized on a substrate using photolithographic techniques. Chips have been produced which can analyze for up to 1700 genes. DNA microarrays are arrays of DNA samples, typically PCR products, that are robotically printed onto a microscope slide. Each gene is analyzed by a full or partial-length target DNA sequence. Microarrays with up to 10,000 genes are now routinely prepared commercially. The primary difference between these two techniques is that oligonucleotide chips typically utilize 25-mer oligonucleotides which allow fractionation of short DNA molecules whereas the larger DNA targets of microarrays, approximately 1000 base pairs, may provide more sensitivity in fractionating complex DNA mixtures.
Another useful measurement of Applicants' methods of the invention is that of determining the translation state of the cell by measuring the abundances of the constituent protein species present in the cell using processes well known in the art.
Where identification of genes associated with various physiological functions is desired, an assay may be employed in which changes in such functions as cell growth, apoptosis, senescence, differentiation, adhesion, binding to a specific molecules, binding to another cell, cellular organization, organogenesis, intracellular transport, transport facilitation, energy conversion, metabolism, myogenesis, neurogenesis, and/or hematopoiesis is measured.
In addition, selectable marker or reporter gene expression may be used to measure gene expression modulation using Applicants' invention.
Other methods to detect the products of gene expression are well known in the art and include Southern blots (DNA detection), dot or slot blots (DNA, RNA), northern blots (RNA), RT-PCR (RNA), western blots (polypeptide detection), and ELISA (polypeptide) analyses. Although less preferred, labeled proteins can be used to detect a particular nucleic acid sequence to which it hybridizes.
In some cases it is necessary to amplify the amount of a nucleic acid sequence. This may be carried out using one or more of a number of suitable methods including, for example, polymerase chain reaction (“PCR”), ligase chain reaction (“LCR”), strand displacement amplification (“SDA”), transcription-based amplification, and the like. PCR is carried out in accordance with known techniques in which, for example, a nucleic acid sample is treated in the presence of a heat stable DNA polymerase, under hybridizing conditions, with one pair of oligonucleotide primers, with one primer hybridizing to one strand (template) of the specific sequence to be detected. The primers are sufficiently complementary to each template strand of the specific sequence to hybridize therewith. An extension product of each primer is synthesized and is complementary to the nucleic acid template strand to which it hybridized. The extension product synthesized from each primer can also serve as a template for further synthesis of extension products using the same primers. Following a sufficient number of rounds of synthesis of extension products, the sample may be analyzed as described above to assess whether the sequence or sequences to be detected are present.
Ligand Screening Assays
The present invention also relates to methods of screening for a compound that induces or represses transactivation of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation in a cell by contacting a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain with a candidate molecule and detecting reporter gene activity in the presence of the ligand. Candidate compounds may be either agonists or antagonists of the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain. In a preferred embodiment, the nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is expressed from a polynucleotide in the cell and the transactivation activity (i.e., expression or repression of a reporter gene) or compound binding activity is measured.
Accordingly, in addition to rational design of agonists and antagonists based on the structure of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain, the present invention contemplates an alternative method for identifying specific ligands of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain using various screening assays known in the art.
Any screening technique known in the art can be used to screen for Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain agonists or antagonists. For example, a suitable cell line comprising a nuclear receptor-based gene expression system according to the invention can be transfected with a gene expression cassette encoding a marker gene operatively linked to an inducible or repressible promoter. The transfected cells are then exposed to a test solution comprising a candidate agonist or antagonist compound, and then assayed for marker gene expression or repression. The presence of more marker gene expression relative to control cells not exposed to the test solution is an indication of the presence of an agonist compound in the test solution. Conversely, the presence of less marker gene expression relative to control cells not exposed to the test solution is an indication of the presence of an antagonist compound in the test solution.
The present invention contemplates screens for small molecule ligands or ligand analogs and mimics, as well as screens for natural ligands that bind to and agonize or antagonize a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain according to the invention in vivo. For example, natural products libraries can be screened using assays of the invention for molecules that agonize or antagonize nuclear receptor-based gene expression system activity.
Identification and screening of antagonists is further facilitated by determining structural features of the protein, e.g., using X-ray crystallography, neutron diffraction, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry, and other techniques for structure determination. These techniques provide for the rational design or identification of agonists and antagonists.
Another approach uses recombinant bacteriophage to produce large libraries. Using the “phage method” [Scott and Smith, 1990, Science 249:386-390 (1990); Cwirla, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 87:6378-6382 (1990); Devlin et al., Science, 249:404-406 (1990)], very large libraries can be constructed (106-108 chemical entities). A second approach uses primarily chemical methods, of which the Geysen method [Geysen et al., Molecular Immunology 23:709-715 (1986); Geysen et al. J. Immunologic Method 102:259-274 (1987)] and the method of Fodor et al. [Science 251:767-773 (1991)] are examples. Furka et al. [14th International Congress of Biochemistry, Volume 5, Abstract FR:013 (1988); Furka, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 37:487-493 (1991)], Houghton [U.S. Pat. No. 4,631,211, issued December 1986] and Rutter et al. [U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,175, issued Apr. 23, 1991] describe methods to produce a mixture of peptides that can be tested as agonists or antagonists.
In another aspect, synthetic libraries [Needels et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10700-4 (1993); Ohlmeyer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10922-10926 (1993); Lam et al., International Patent Publication. No. WO 92/00252; Kocis et al., International Patent Publication No. WO 9428028, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety], and the like can be used to screen for candidate ligands according to the present invention.
The screening can be performed with recombinant cells that express a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain according to the invention, or alternatively, using purified protein, e.g.; produced recombinantly, as described above. For example, labeled, soluble nuclear receptor ligand binding domains can be used to screen libraries, as described in the foregoing references.
In one embodiment, a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain according to the invention may be directly labeled. In another embodiment, a labeled secondary reagent may be used to detect binding of a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain of the invention to a molecule of interest, e.g., a molecule attached to a solid phase support. Binding may be detected by in situ formation of a chromophore by an enzyme label. Suitable enzymes include, but are not limited to, alkaline phosphatase and horseradish peroxidase. In a further embodiment, a two-color assay, using two chromogenic substrates with two enzyme labels on different acceptor molecules of interest, may be used. Cross-reactive and singly-reactive ligands may be identified with a two-color assay.
Other labels for use in the invention include colored latex beads, magnetic beads, fluorescent labels (e.g., fluorescene isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), Texas red (TR), rhodamine, free or chelated lanthanide series salts, especially Eu3+, to name a few fluorophores), chemiluminescent molecules, radio-isotopes, or magnetic resonance imaging labels. Two color assays may be performed with two or more colored latex beads, or fluorophores that emit at different wavelengths. Labeled molecules or cells may be detected visually or by mechanical/optical means. Mechanical/optical means include fluorescence activated sorting, i.e., analogous to FACS, and micromanipulator removal means.
The present invention may be better understood by reference to the following non-limiting Examples, which are provided as exemplary of the invention.
EXAMPLES
Applicants have developed a novel nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation. Applicants have shown that the effect of such a substitution mutation may increase ligand binding activity or ligand sensitivity and may be steroid or non-steroid specific. Thus, Applicants' invention provides a Group B nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system useful for modulating expression of a gene of interest in a host cell. Applicants' novel inducible gene expression system and its use in methods of modulating gene expression in a host cell overcome the limitations of currently available inducible expression systems and provide the skilled artisan with an effective means to control gene expression.
Applicants' novel substitution mutated nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides are useful in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene modulation system for various applications including but not limited to gene therapy, expression of proteins of interest in host cells, production of transgenic organisms, and cell-based assays.
General Methods
Standard recombinant DNA and molecular cloning techniques used herein are well known in the art and are described by Sambrook, J., Fritsch, E. F. and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual; Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press: Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989) (Maniatis) and by T. J. Silhavy, M. L. Berman, and L. W. Enquist, Experiments with Gene Fusions, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1984) and by Ausubel, F. M. et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Assoc. and Wiley-Interscience (1987).
Materials and methods suitable for the maintenance and growth of bacterial cultures are well known in the art. Techniques suitable for use in the following examples may be found as set out in Manual of Methods for General Bacteriology (Phillipp Gerhardt, R. G. E. Murray, Ralph N. Costilow, Eugene W. Nester, Willis A. Wood, Noel R. Krieg and G. Briggs Phillips, eds), American Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. (1994)) or by Thomas D. Brock in Biotechnology: A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology, Second Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc., Sunderland, Mass. (1989). All reagents, restriction enzymes and materials used for the growth and maintenance of host cells were obtained from Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wis.), DIFCO Laboratories (Detroit, Mich.), GIBCO/BRL (Gaithersburg, Md.), or Sigma Chemical Company (St. Louis, Mo.) unless otherwise specified.
Manipulations of genetic sequences may be accomplished using the suite of programs available from the Genetics Computer Group Inc. (Wisconsin Package Version 9.0, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), Madison, Wis.). Where the GCG program “Pileup” is used the gap creation default value of 12, and the gap extension default value of 4 may be used. Where the CGC “Gap” or “Bestfit” program is used the default gap creation penalty of 50 and the default gap extension penalty of 3 may be used. In any case where GCG program parameters are not prompted for, in these or any other GCG program, default values may be used.
The meaning of abbreviations is as follows: “h” means hour(s), “min” means minute(s), “sec” means second(s), “d” means day(s), “μl” means microliter(s), “ml” means milliliter(s), “L” means liter(s), “μM” means micromolar, “mM” means millimolar, “μg” means microgram(s), “mg” means milligram(s), “A” means adenine or adenosine, “T” means thymine or thymidine, “G” means guanine or guanosine, “C” means cytidine or cytosine, “xg” means times gravity, “nt” means nucleotide(s), “aa” means amino acid(s), “bp” means base pair(s), “kb” means kilobase(s), “k” means kilo, “μ” means micro, and “C” means degrees Celsius.
Example 1
This Example describes the construction of several gene expression cassettes comprising novel substitution mutated Group B nuclear receptor polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention for use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system. Applicants constructed several gene expression cassettes based on the spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR (“CfEcR”), mouse Mus musculus retinoid X receptor α (“MmRXRα”), human Homo sapiens retinoid X receptor β (“HsRXRβ”), locust Locusta migratoria ultraspiracle protein (referred to herein interchangeably as “LmUSP” or “LmRXR”), which is an invertebrate RXR homolog of vertebrate RXR, and C. fumiferana USP (“CfUSP”). The prepared receptor constructs comprise a ligand binding domain of either an EcR, an invertebrate USP, a vertebrate RXR, or an invertebrate RXR; and a GAL4 DNA binding domain (DBD) or a VP16 transactivation domain (AD). The reporter constructs include a reporter gene, luciferase or LacZ (β-galactosidase), operably linked to a synthetic promoter construct that comprises a GAL4 response element to which the Ga14 DBD binds. Various combinations of these receptor and reporter constructs were cotransfected into mammalian cells as described in Examples 2-4 infra.
Gene Expression Cassettes: The gene expression cassettes (switches) were constructed as followed, using standard cloning methods available in the art. The following is a brief description of preparation and composition of each switch used in the Examples described herein.
1.1—GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16LmUSP-EF: The wild-type D, E, and F domains from spruce budworm Choristoneura fumiferana EcR (“CfEcR-DEF”; SEQ ID NO: 20) were fused to a GAL4 DNA binding domain (“Gal4DNABD” or “Gal4 DBD”; SEQ ID NO: 5) and placed under the control of an SV40e promoter (SEQ ID NO: 21). The E and F domains from locust Locusta migratoria ultraspiracle protein (“LmUSP-EF”; SEQ ID NO: 22) were fused to the transactivation domain from VP16 (“VP16AD”; SEQ ID NO: 11) and placed under the control of an SV40e promoter (SEQ ID NO: 21). Five consensus GAL4 response element binding sites (“5XGAL4RE”; comprising 5 copies of a GAL4RE comprising SEQ ID NO: 18) were fused to a synthetic E1b minimal promoter (SEQ ID NO: 23) and placed upstream of the luciferase gene (SEQ ID NO: 24).
1.2—GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16MmRXRα-EF: This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.1 above except LmUSP-EF was replaced with the E and F domains of MmRXRα (“MmRXRα-EF”; SEQ ID NO: 25).
1.3—GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16mutantMmRXRα-EF: This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.2 above except wild-type MmRXRα-EF was replaced with mutant MmRXRα-EF comprising a ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation selected from Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Substitution Mutants of Mus musculus Retinoid X Receptor α
(“MmRXRα”) Ligand Binding Domain (LBD).
Corresponding amino
MmRXRα Resulting “WT to acid in full length
LBD Mutant” Amino MmRXRα
Mutation Acid Substitution (SEQ ID NO: 1)
E401D Glutamic Acid (E) to 401
Aspartic Acid (D)
G429S Glycine (G) to Serine (S) 429
E401D/ Glutamic Acid (E) to 401 and 429
G429S Aspartic Acid (D) and respectively
Glycine (G) to Serine (S)

1.4—GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16MmRXRαH1-7-LmUSP-H8-12chimera: This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.1 above except LmUSP-EF was replaced with a chimeric ligand binding domain comprising helices (H) 1-7 of MmRXRα-EF and helices 8-12 of LmUSP-EF (SEQ ID NO: 26). 1.5—GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16HsRXRβ-EF: This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.1 above except LmUSP-EF was replaced with the E and F domains of HsRXRβ (“HsRXRβ-EF”; SEQ ID NO: 27).
1.6—GAL4CfEcR-DEF/VP16mutantHsRXRβ-EF: This construct was prepared in the same way as in switch 1.5 above except wild-type HsRXRβ-EF was replaced with mutant HsRXRβ-EF comprising a ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation selected from Table 2 below.
TABLE 2
Substitution Mutants of Homo sapiens Retinoid X Receptor β
(“HsRXRβ”) Ligand Binding Domain (LBD).
Corresponding
HsRXRβ amino acid in full
LBD Resulting “WT to Mutant” length HsRXRβ
Mutation Amino Acid Substitution (SEQ ID NO: 2)
G321L/ Glycine (G) to Leucine (L), 321, 322, and 323
P322R/ Proline (P) to Arginine (R), and respectively
G323V Glycine (G) to Valine (V)
T337S Threonine (T) to Serine (S) 337
D344N Aspartic Acid (D) to Asparagine (N) 344
K355R Lysine (K) to Arginine (R) 355
S385A Serine (S) to Alanine (A) 385
M431L Methionine (M) to Leucine (L) 431
R442K Arginine (R) to Lysine (K) 442
D450E/ Aspartic Acid (D) to Glutamic Acid (E), 450, 451, and 452
A451V/ Alanine (A) to Valine (V), and respectively
K452R Lysine (K) to Arginine (R)
S455K/ Serine (S) to Lysine (K), 455, 456, 457, and
N456S/ Asparagine (N) to Serine (S), 458 respectively
P457A/ Proline (P) to Alanine (A), and
S458Q Serine (S) to Glutamine (Q)
V462L Valine (V) to Leucine (L) 462
S470A Serine (S) to Alanine (A) 470
E472D Glutamic Acid (E) to Aspartic Acid (D) 472
T473E Threonine (T) to Glutamic Acid (E) 473
S470A/ Serine (S) to Alanine (A), 470, 472, and 473
E472D/ Glutamic Acid (E) to Aspartic Acid (D), respectively
T473Y and
Threonine (T) to Tyrosine (Y)
C475T/ Cysteine (C) to Threonine (T), 475, 476, 477, 478,
K476R/ Lysine (K) to Arginine (R), and 479 respectively
Q477T/ Glutamine (Q) to Threonine (T),
K478T/ Lysine (K) to Threonine (T), and
Y479H Tyrosine (Y) to Histidine (H)
E481D/ Glutamic Acid (E) to Aspartic Acid (D), 481, 482, and 483
Q482E/ Glutamine (Q) to Glutamic Acid (E), respectively
Q483P and Glutamine (Q) to Proline (P)
A495S Alanine (A) to Serine (S) 495
G500S Glycine (G) to Serine (S) 500
K511R Lysine (K) to Arginine (R) 511
T516V Threonine (T) to Valine (V) 516
A528S Alanine (A) to Serine (S) 528

Construction of Retinoid X Receptor Ligand Binding Domains Comprising a Substitution Mutation:
In an effort to modify RXR transactivation activity, residues within the RXR ligand binding domains that were predicted to be important based upon sequence comparisons were mutated in RXRs from two different organisms. Tables 1 and 2 indicate the amino acid residues within the ligand binding domain of MmRxRα and HsRXRβ, respectively that were mutated and examined for modification of transactivation ability.
Each one of the amino acid substitution mutations listed in Tables 1 and 2 was constructed in an RXR cDNA by PCR mediated site-directed mutagenesis. One double point mutant RXR LBD (see Table 1), four different triple point mutant RXR LBDs (see Table 2), one quadruple point mutant RXR LBD (see Table 2), and one quintuple point mutant RXR LBD (see Table 2) were also constructed.
PCR site-directed mutagenesis was performed using the Quikchange site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) using the reaction conditions and cycling parameters as follows. PCR site-directed mutagenesis was performed using 1× reaction buffer (supplied by manufacturer), 50 ng of dsDNA template, 125 ng of forward primer (FP), 125 ng of reverse complementary primer (RCP), and 1 μl of dNTP mix (supplied by manufacturer) in a final reaction volume of 50 μL. The forward primer and reverse complementary primer pairs used to produce each RXR substitution mutation are presented in Tables 3 and 4. The cycling parameters used consisted of one cycle of denaturing at 95° C. for 30 seconds, followed by 16 cycles of denaturing at 95° C. for 30 seconds, annealing at 55° C. for 1 minute, and extending at 68° C. for 22 minutes.
TABLE 3
PCR Primers for Substitution Mutant MmRXRα
Ligand Binding Domain Construction
PRIMER PRIMER NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE
MUTANT (SEQ ID NO:) (5′ TO 3′)
E401D FP GTGTATGCGTCACTAGATGCGTACTGCAAACAC
(SEQ ID NO: 28)
E401D RCP GTGTTTGCAGTACGCATCTAGTGACGCATACAC
(SEQ ID NO: 29)
G429S FP GCACTGCGTTCCATCAGCCTCAAGTGCCTGGAG
(SEQ ID NO: 30)
G429S RCP CTCCAGGCACTTGAGGCTGATGGAACGCAGTGC
(SEQ ID NO: 31)
TABLE 4
PCR Primers for Substitution Mutant HsRXRβ
Ligand Binding Domain Construction
PRIMER PRIMER NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE
MUTANT (SEQ ID NO:) (5′ TO 3′)
G321L/ FP GACCAGGGCGTTGAGCGTCGTGTGGGAACCGGGGGT
P322R/ (SEQ ID NO: 32) AGC
G323V
G321L/ RCP GCTACCCCCGGTTCCCACACGACGCTCAACGCCCTGG
P322R/ (SEQ ID NO: 33) TC
G323V
T337S FP CCAAATGACCCTGTGTCTAACATCTGTCAGGC
(SEQ ID NO: 34)
T337S RCP GCCTGACAGATGTTAGACACAGGGTCATTTGG
(SEQ ID NO: 35)
D344N FP ATCTGTCAGGCAGCTAACAAACAGCTATTCACG
(SEQ ID NO: 36)
D344N RCP CGTGAATAGCTGTTTGTTAGCTGCCTGACAGAT
(SEQ ID NO: 37)
K355R FP CTTGTTGAGTGGGCGAGGAGGATCCCACACTTTTC
(SEQ ID NO: 38)
K355R RCP GAAAAGTGTGGGATCCTCCTCGCCCACTCAACAAG
(SEQ ID NO: 39)
S385A FP CTCATTGCCTCCTTTGCACACCGATCCATTGATG
(SEQ ID NO: 40)
S385A RCP CATCAATGGATCGGTGTGCAAAGGAGGCAATGAG
(SEQ ID NO: 41)
M43IL FP TCCAAAATGCGTGACCTGAGGATGGACAAGAC
(SEQ ID NO: 42)
M431L RCP GTCTTGTCCATCCTCAGGTCACGCATTTTGGA
(SEQ ID NO: 43)
R442K FP GAGCTTGGCTGCCTGAAGGCAATCATTCTGTTTAATC
(SEQ ID NO: 44)
R442K RCP GATTAAACAGAATGATTGCCTTCAGGCAGCCAAGCTC
(SEQ ID NO: 45)
D450E/ FP CATTCTGTTTAATCCAGAGGTCAGGGGCCTCTCCAAC
A451V/ (SEQ ID NO: 46) CC
K452R
D450E/ RCP GGGTTGGAGAGGCCCCTGACCTCTGGATTAAACAGAA
A451V/ (SEQ ID NO: 47) TG
K452R
S455K/ FP GATGCCAAGGGCCTCAAGTCCGCGCAGGAGGTGGAG
N456S/ (SEQ ID NO: 48) GTCCTG
P457A/
S458Q
S455K/ RCP CAGGACCTCCACCTCCTGCGCGGACTTGAGGCCCTTG
N456S/ (SEQ ID NO: 49) GCATC
P457A/
S458Q
V462L FP CCTAGTGAGGTGGAGCTCCTGCGGGAGAAAGTGTATG
(SEQ ID NO: 50)
V462L RCP CATACACTTTCTCCCGCAGGAGCTCCACCTCACTAGG
(SEQ ID NO: 51)
S470A FP GAGAAAGTGTATGCAGCACTGGAGACCTACTGC
(SEQ ID NO: 52)
S470A RCP GCAGTAGGTCTCCAGTGCTGCATACACTTTCTC
(SEQ ID NO: 53)
E472D FP GTGTATGCATCACTGGATACCTACTGCAAACAG
(SEQ ID NO: 54)
E472D RCP CTGTTTGCAGTAGGTATCCAGTGATGCATACAC
(SEQ ID NO: 55)
T473E FP GTATGCATCACTGGAGGAGTACTGCAAACAGAAG
(SEQ ID NO: 56)
T473E RCP CTTCTGTTTGCAGTACTCCTCCAGTGATGCATAC
(SEQ ID NO: 57)
S470A/ FP GAGAAAGTGTATGCAGCACTGGATGAGTACTGCAAAC
E472D/ (SEQ ID NO: 58) AGAAG
T473Y
S470A/ RCP CTTCTGTTTGCAGTACTCATCCAGTGCTGCATACACTT
E472D/ (SEQ ID NO: 59) TCTC
T473Y
C475T/ FP CATCACTGGAGACCTACACCAGAACGACGCACCCTGA
K476R/ (SEQ ID NO: 60) GCAGCAGGGAC
Q477T/
K478T/
Y479H
C475T/ RCP GTCCCTGCTGCTCAGGGTGCGTCGTTCTGGTGTAGGT
K476R/ (SEQ ID NO: 61) CTCCAGTGATG
Q477T/
K478T/
Y479H
E481D/ FP CAAACAGAAGTACCCTGACGAGCCGGGACGGTTTGCC
Q482E/ (SEQ ID NO: 62) AAG
Q483P
E481D/ RCP CTTGGCAAACCGTCCCGGCTCGTCAGGGTACTTCTGT
Q482F/ (SEQ ID NO: 63) TTG
Q482E/
Q483P
A495S FP CTGCTACGTCTTCCTTCCCTCCGGTCCATTGGC
(SEQ ID NO: 64)
A495S RCP GCCAATGGACCGGAGGGAAGGAAGACGTAGCAG
(SEQ ID NO: 65)
G500S FP GCCCTCCGGTCCATTAGCCTTAAGTGTCTAGAG
(SEQ ID NO: 66)
G500S RCP CTCTAGACACTTAAGGCTAATGGACCGGAGGGC
(SEQ ID NO: 67)
K511R FP CATCTGTTTTTCTTCAGGCTCATTGGTGACACC
(SEQ ID NO: 68)
K511R RCP GGTGTCACCAATGAGCCTGAAGAAAAACAGATG
(SEQ ID NO: 69)
T516V FP AGCTCATTGGTGACGTCCCCATCGACACCTTCC
(SEQ ID NO: 70)
T516V RCP GGAAGGTGTCGATGGGGACGTCACCAATGAGCT
(SEQ ID NO: 71)
A528S FP ATGGAGATGCTTGAGTCTCCCCATCAACTGGCC
(SEQ ID NO: 72)
A528S RCP GGCCAGTTGATGGGGAGACTCAAGCATCTCCAT
(SEQ ID NO: 73)
The resulting PCR nucleic acid products encoding the mutant RXR ligand binding domains were then each fused to a VP16 transactivation domain as described in Examples 1.3 and 1.6 above. The VP16/mutant RXR receptor constructs were tested for activity by transfecting them into NIH3T3 cells along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF and pFRLuc in the presence of non-steroid ligand.
Ligand: The non-steroidal ligand N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)-N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine (GS™-E) is a synthetic stable ecdysteroid ligand synthesized at Rohm and Haas Company. The ligand was dissolved in DMSO and the final concentration of DMSO was maintained at 0.1% in both controls and treatments.
Transfections: DNAs corresponding to the various switch constructs outlined in Example 1.1-1.6 were transfected into mouse NIH3T3 cells (ATCC) as follows. Standard methods for culture and maintenance of the cells were followed. Cells were harvested when they reached 50% confluency and plated in 6-, 12- or 24-well plates at 125,000, 50,000, or 25,000 cells, respectively, in 2.5, 1.0, or 0.5 ml of growth medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), respectively. The next day, the cells were rinsed with growth medium and transfected for four hours. Superfect™ (Qiagen Inc.) was used as the transfection reagent. For 12-well plates, 4 μl of Superfect™ was mixed with 100 μl growth medium. One μg of reporter construct and 0.25 μg of each receptor construct of the receptor pair to be analyzed were added to the transfection mix. A second reporter construct was added [pTKRL (Promega), 0.1 μg/transfection mix] that comprises a Renilla luciferase gene operably linked and placed under the control of a thymidine kinase (TK) constitutive promoter and was used for normalization. The contents of the transfection mix were mixed in a vortex mixer and let stand at room temperature for 30 minutes. At the end of incubation, the transfection mix was added to the cells maintained in 400 μl growth medium. The cells were maintained at 37° C. and 5% CO2 for four hours. At the end of incubation, 500 μl of growth medium containing 20% FBS and either dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO; control) or a DMSO solution of non-steroidal ligand was added and the cells were maintained at 37° C. and 5% CO2 for 48 hours. The cells were harvested and reporter activity was assayed. The same procedure was followed for 6 and 24 well plates as well except all the reagents were doubled for 6 well plates and reduced to half for 24-well plates.
Reporter Assays: Cells were harvested 40 hours after adding ligand. 125 μl of passive lysis buffer (part of Dual-luciferase™ reporter assay system from Promega Corporation) were added to each well of the 24-well plate. The plates were placed on a rotary shaker for 15 minutes. Twenty μl of lysate were assayed. Luciferase activity was measured using Dual-luciferase™ reporter assay system from Promega Corporation following the manufacturer's instructions. β-Galactosidase was measured using Galacto-Star™ assay kit from TROPIX following the manufacturer's instructions. All luciferase and β-galactosidase activities were normalized using Renilla luciferase as a standard. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
Example 2
In mammalian cells, the insect (Choristoneura fumiferana) ecdysone receptor (CfEcR) heterodimerizes with ultraspiracle (LISP) or its homolog retinoid X receptor (RXR) and transactivates genes that are placed under the control of cognate response elements. Ligand inducibility of this EcR-based transactivation depends on its heterodimerizing partner. As previously shown by Applicants, transactivation through CfEcR in partnership with insect USPs is ligand independent, whereas transactivation through CfEcR in partnership with invertebrate or vertebrate RXRs is ligand dependent (see pending U.S. patent application 60/294,814, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Applicants have now discovered that the sequence of RXR can be modified by substitution mutation of the ligand binding domain to influence the magnitude of transactivation as well as ligand sensitivity of an EcR-based inducible gene expression system.
This Example describes the identification of three MmRXRα ligand binding domain substitution mutants that exhibit improved ligand sensitivity in response to non-steroidal ligand. Briefly, Applicants constructed three mouse RXR isoform cc ligand binding domain substitution mutants and created VP16/mutantMmRXRα-EF cDNA gene expression cassettes as described in Example 1 above using the Quikchange PCR-mediated site-directed mutagenesis kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.). The mutated cDNAs were tested along with GAL4/CfEcR-DEF in GAL4-driven luciferase reporter assays and the results were compared to wild type VP16/MmRXRα-EF and VP16/MmRXRα-LmUSPchimera-EF switches in mouse NIH3T3 cells.
Transfections: DNAs corresponding to the various switch constructs outlined in Example 1, specifically switches 1.1-1.4, were transfected into mouse NIH3T3 cells (ATCC) as follows. Cells were harvested when they reached 50% confluency and plated in 24 well plates at 12,500 cells/well in 0.5 ml of growth medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). The next day, the cells were rinsed with growth medium and transfected for four hours. Superfect™ (Qiagen Inc.) was found to be the best transfection reagent for 3T3 cells. Two μl of Superfect™ was mixed with 100 μl of growth medium and 50 ng of GAL4/CfEcR-DEF cassette, 50 ng of: VP16/LmUSP-EF, VP16/wild-typeMmRXRα-EF, VP16/MmRXRα-LmUSPchimera-EF, or VP16/mutantMmRXRα-EF, and 200 ng of pFRLuc were added to the transfection mix. A second reporter construct was added [pTKRL (Promega), 0.05 μg/transfection mix] that comprises a Renilla luciferase gene operably linked and placed under the control of a thymidine kinase (TK) constitutive promoter and was used for normalization. The contents of the transfection mix were mixed in a vortex mixer and let stand at room temperature for 30 min. At the end of incubation, the transfection mix was added to the cells maintained in 200 μl growth medium. The cells were maintained at 37° C. and 5% CO2 for four hours. At the end of incubation, 250 μl of growth medium containing 20% FBS and either dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO; control) or a DMSO solution of 0.2, 1, or 10 μM GS™-E [N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine] non-steroidal ligand was added and the cells were maintained at 37° C. and 5% CO2 for 40 hours. The cells were harvested and reporter activity was assayed as described above. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
As discussed above, Applicants have previously shown that non-lepidopteran/non-dipteran invertebrate RXRs and RXR homologs (DSPs), referred to herein collectively as invertebrate RXRs, bind EcR and transactivate reporters at higher levels than those achieved by vertebrate RXRs in mammalian cells. However, vertebrate RXRs provide lower background levels in the absence of ligand. Applicants compared the amino acid sequences from ligand binding domains of vertebrate RXRs and invertebrate RXRs and have identified two particular amino acids that are conserved in all vertebrate RXRs but are different in invertebrate RXRs. Applicants determined whether replacing a vertebrate RXR amino acid with an invertebrate RXR amino acid would result in higher activity upon induction, but still provide low background in the absence of ligand.
Applicants have now identified two amino acid residues within the EF domains of a vertebrate mouse RXR, isoform α (“MmRXRα-EF”) that, when substituted, yield a mutant RXR that exhibits increased sensitivity to a non-steroid ligand. The effect of these two substitution mutations: an aspartic acid substitution at amino acid residue 401 (E401D mutant), and a serine substitution at amino acid residue 429 (G429S mutant) of SEQ ID NO: 1, on the activity of the mutated MmRXRα-EF receptor is presented in FIG. 1.
In transactivation assays in NIH3T3 cells, the E401D mutant behaved more like an invertebrate RXR than a vertebrate RXR by demonstrating both higher background and higher induction levels (see FIG. 1). The G429S mutant behaved more like an invertebrate RXR, demonstrating increased sensitivity to ligand but less background (see FIG. 1). Thus, Applicants have demonstrated a surprising and unexpected result that a single amino acid change can drastically alter the behavior of the MmRXRα-EF in the presence and absence of ligand.
To determine if the combination of these two mutations would provide a further improved RXR than either single point mutation alone, Applicants made a double substitution mutant MmRXRα-EF comprising a point mutation at both positions E401D and G429S. Three independent clones of these double mutants (DM) were analyzed in NIH3T3 cells and compared with each single point mutant alone, MmRXRα-EF, and a chimeric vertebrate RXR/invertebrate RXR (see FIG. 2). Applicants' results show that these double mutants work as well as the chimeric RXR, demonstrating low background levels in the absence of ligand and increased induction levels and ligand sensitivity. These novel double substitution mutants provide an advantageous RXR for use in in vivo applications.
Applicants have also determined that these MmRXRα-EF substitution mutants respond better than wild-type HsRXRβ-EF in the presence of a steroid ligand, ponasterone A (Invitrogen), similar to their response to GS™-E presented in FIGS. 1 and 2 (data not shown).
Example 3
As discussed above, use of an invertebrate RXR, LmUSP (also referred to herein as LmRXR) as a heterodimeric partner for CfEcR improved both the sensitivity and magnitude of induction of a CfEcR-based inducible gene expression system. Applicants have aligned the polypeptide sequences of the LmRXR and HsRXRβ ligand binding domains (domains EF) and identified amino acid residues that are different between these two proteins. This Example describes Applicants' analysis of HsRXRβ substitution mutants in which LmRXR amino acids were substituted in place of the wild-type residues in HsRXRβ. Applicants have now identified several substitution mutants that modify both the sensitivity and magnitude of induction of a CfEcR-based inducible gene expression system in mammalian cells.
Briefly, Applicants constructed and analyzed substitution mutants in human RXR isoform β-EF (HsRXRβ-EF), wherein amino acids that are different in HsRXRβ-EF compared to the invertebrate RXR homolog LmUSP-EF were mutated to the LmUSP-EF amino acid residue and assayed for their effect on transactivation activity in NIH3T3 cells as described in Example 2 above in the presence of 0, 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 μM GS™-E [N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine] non-steroidal ligand. The cells were harvested and reporter activity was assayed as described above. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
As shown in FIG. 3, HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants T/S, DAK/EVR, SNPS/KSAQ, V/L, S/A, T/E, CKQKY/TRTTH, and EQQ/DEP improved fold induction and magnitude of induction.
Applicants' HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants DAK/EVR, SNPS/KSAQ, V/L, S/A, T/E, CKQKY/TRTTH, and EQQ/DEP also improved non-steroid ligand sensitivity (see FIG. 3).
The results presented FIG. 3 also show that HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants D344N, A495S (labeled as A/S with a fold induction of 30), and A528S (labeled as A/S with a fold induction of 21) exhibit reduced fold induction, magnitude of induction, and/or ligand sensitivity compared to wild-type.
Applicants have also determined that these HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants respond better than wild-type HsRXRβ-EF in the presence of a steroid ligand, ponasterone A (Invitrogen), similar to their response to GS™-E presented in FIG. 3 (data not shown).
Example 4
As discussed above, a CfEcR-based gene regulation system is ligand dependent when RXRs are used as the heterodimeric partner and ligand independent when USPs are used as the heterodimeric partner. However, reporter gene expression is induced at very high levels when CfUSP is used as the heterodimeric partner. To improve RXR as heterodimeric partner, Applicants have aligned the polypeptide sequences of several USP and RXR ligand binding domains (domains EF) and identified amino acid residues that are different between these two nuclear receptor family members. In particular, Applicants identified residues that are conserved in all USPs but are different in RXRs and mutated these residues in HsRXRβ. These substitution mutants were analyzed in NIH3T3 cells as described in Example 2 above in the presence of 0, 0.04, 0.2, 1, 5, or 25 μM GS™-E [N-(2-ethyl-3-methoxybenzoyl)N′-(3,5-dimethylbenzoyl)-N′-tert-butylhydrazine] non-steroidal ligand. The cells were harvested and reporter activity was assayed as described above. Fold activities were calculated by dividing normalized relative light units (“RLU”) in ligand treated cells with normalized RLU in DMSO treated cells (untreated control).
Briefly, this Example describes the construction and analysis of substitution mutants in human RXR isoform β-EF (HsRXRβ-EF), wherein amino acids that are different in HsRXRβ-EF compared to conserved residues of ultraspiracle proteins were mutated to the USP amino acid residue and assayed for their effect on transactivation activity in NIH3T3 cells.
As shown in FIG. 4, HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants GPG/LRV, K/R, S/A, and G/S improved fold induction and the magnitude of induction of EcR-based gene regulation system. The HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants GPG/LRV, S/A, E/D, SET/ADY, and G/S improved ligand sensitivity of the EcR-based gene regulation system (see FIG. 4).
The results presented in FIG. 4 also show that HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants M431L, R442K, and K511R exhibit reduced fold induction, magnitude of induction, and/or ligand sensitivity compared to wild-type. The HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutant M/L. essentially eliminated transactivation activity (see FIG. 4). This M/L mutant is useful in orthogonal ligand screening assays.
Applicants have also determined that these HsRXRβ-EF substitution mutants respond better than wild-type HsRXRβ-EF in the presence of a steroid ligand, ponasterone A (Invitrogen), similar to their response to GS™-E presented in FIG. 4 (data not shown).

Claims (22)

We claim:
1. A gene expression modulation system comprising
(a) a polynucleotide that encodes a first polypeptide comprising a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation at a position selected from the group consisting of
(i) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO:1,
(ii) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO:1,
(iii) 337, 462, 470, or 473 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(iv) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(v) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(vi) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO:2, and
(vii) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO:2; and
(b) a polynucleotide that encodes a second polypeptide comprising a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain that dimerizes with said Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation.
2. The gene expression modulation system of claim 1, said gene expression modulation system comprising:
(a) a first gene expression cassette comprising
the a polynucleotide that encodes a first polypeptide, comprising
(i) a DNA-binding domain that recognizes a response element associated with a gene whose expression is to be modulated; and
(ii) a first nuclear receptor ligand binding domain; and
(b) a second gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a second polypeptide, comprising:
(i) a transactivation domain; and
(ii) a second nuclear receptor ligand binding domain,
wherein one of the first and second nuclear receptor ligand binding domains is said Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation and the other of said nuclear receptor ligand binding domains is a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain that dimerizes with said Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain.
3. The gene expression modulation system of claim 1, wherein the substitution mutation is selected from the group consisting of
(a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO:1,
(b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO:1,
(c) T337S, V462L, S470A, or T473E of SEQ ID NO:2,
(d) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO:2,
(e) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO:2,
(f) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO:2, and
(g) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO:2.
4. The gene expression modulation system of claim 2, wherein the DNA binding domain is selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor DNA binding domain, a GAL4 DNA-binding domain, and a LexA DNA-binding domain.
5. The gene expression modulation system of claim 2, wherein the transactivation domain is selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor transactivation domain, a VP16 transactivation domain, aB42 acidic activator transactivation domain, and a p65 transactivation domain.
6. A gene expression cassette comprising a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of
(a) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain, a DNA-binding domain, and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation,
(b) a polypeptide comprising a DNA binding domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, and
(c) a polypeptide comprising a transactivation domain and a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation; and
wherein the substitution mutation is at a position selected from the group consisting of
(i) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO:1,
(ii) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO:1,
(iii) 337, 462, 470, or 473 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(iv) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(v) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(vi) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO:2, and
(vii) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO:2.
7. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, wherein the isolated polynucleotide comprises a codon mutation that results in a substitution of an amino acid residue at a position selected from the group consisting of
(a) 401 or 429 of SEQ ID NO:1,
(b) 401 and 429 of SEQ ID NO:1,
(c) 337, 462, 470, or 473 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(d) 450, 451, and 452 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(e) 455, 456, 457, and 458 of SEQ ID NO:2,
(f) 475, 476, 477, 478, and 479 of SEQ ID NO:2, and
(g) 481, 482, and 483 of SEQ ID NO:2.
8. The isolated polynucleotide of claim 7, wherein the codon mutation results in a substitution mutation selected from the group consisting of
(a) E401D or G429S of SEQ ID NO:1,
(b) E401D and G429S of SEQ ID NO:1,
(c) T337S, V462L, S470A or T473E of SEQ ID NO:2,
(d) D450E, A451V, and K452R of SEQ ID NO:2,
(e) S455K, N456S, P457A, and S458Q of SEQ ID NO:2,
(f) C475T, K476R, Q477T, K478T, and Y479H of SEQ ID NO:2, and
(g) E481D, Q482E, and Q483P of SEQ ID NO:2.
9. An expression vector comprising the isolated polynucleotide of claim 7 operatively linked to a transcription regulatory element.
10. A host cell comprising the expression vector of claim 9, wherein the transcription regulatory element is operative in the host cell.
11. The gene expression modulation system of claim 1, wherein in said second polypeptide comprising a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain that dimerizes with said Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, said nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is selected from the group consisting of an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain, a ubiquitous receptor ligand binding domain, an orphan receptor 1 ligand binding domain, a steroid hormone nuclear receptor 1 ligand binding domain, a retinoid X receptor interacting protein-15 ligand binding domain, a liver X receptor β ligand binding domain, a steroid hormone receptor like protein ligand binding domain, a liver X receptor ligand binding domain, a liver X receptor α ligand binding domain, a farnesoid X receptor ligand binding domain, a receptor interacting protein 14 ligand binding domain, and a farnesol receptor ligand binding domain.
12. The gene expression modulation system of claim 11, wherein in said second polypeptide comprising a nuclear receptor ligand binding domain that dimerizes with said Group B nuclear receptor ligand binding domain comprising a substitution mutation, said nuclear receptor ligand binding domain is an ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain.
13. The gene expression modulation system of claim 12, wherein said ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain is a Choristoneura fumiferana ecdysone receptor ligand binding domain.
14. A vector comprising the gene expression modulation system of claim 1.
15. The vector of claim 14, wherein said vector is an expression vector.
16. The vector of claim 14, wherein said vector is a viral vector.
17. The vector of claim 14, wherein said vector is an adenoviral vector.
18. The vector of claim 14, wherein said vector is a plasmid.
19. A host cell comprising the gene expression modulation system of claim 1.
20. The host cell of claim 19, wherein said host cell is selected from the group consisting of a bacterial cell, a fungal cell, a nematode cell, an insect cell, a fish cell, a plant cell, an avian cell, an animal cell, and a mammalian cell.
21. The host cell of claim 19, wherein said host cell is a mammalian cell.
22. The host cell of claim 19, wherein said mammalian cell is a human cell.
US10/468,192 2001-02-20 2002-02-20 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system Expired - Fee Related US9249207B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/468,192 US9249207B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-02-20 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26979901P 2001-02-20 2001-02-20
US31390801P 2001-08-21 2001-08-21
PCT/US2002/005708 WO2002066615A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-02-20 Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US10/468,192 US9249207B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-02-20 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/005708 A-371-Of-International WO2002066615A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-02-20 Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/972,901 Division US10087231B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2015-12-17 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20110212528A1 US20110212528A1 (en) 2011-09-01
US9249207B2 true US9249207B2 (en) 2016-02-02

Family

ID=26953898

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/468,192 Expired - Fee Related US9249207B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-02-20 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US14/972,901 Expired - Fee Related US10087231B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2015-12-17 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US16/117,211 Abandoned US20190071485A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2018-08-30 Novel Substitution Mutant Receptors and Their Use in a Nuclear Receptor-Based Inducible Gene Expression System

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/972,901 Expired - Fee Related US10087231B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2015-12-17 Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US16/117,211 Abandoned US20190071485A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2018-08-30 Novel Substitution Mutant Receptors and Their Use in a Nuclear Receptor-Based Inducible Gene Expression System

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (3) US9249207B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1534738B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4994563B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2002248500B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2438133C (en)
DK (1) DK1534738T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2390070T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2002066615A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150150152A1 (en) * 2001-02-20 2015-05-28 Intrexon Corporation Chimeric Retinoid X Receptors and Their Use in a Novel Ecdysone Receptor-Based Inducible Gene Expression System
US10087231B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2018-10-02 Intrexon Corporation Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US11608362B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2023-03-21 Precigen, Inc. Hepatitis B vaccines and uses of the same

Families Citing this family (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040033600A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2004-02-19 Palli Subba Reddy Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US8105825B2 (en) 2000-10-03 2012-01-31 Intrexon Corporation Multiple inducible gene regulation system
DK1456346T3 (en) 2001-02-20 2012-05-29 Intrexon Corp NEW INDUCERABLE Gene EXPRESSION SYSTEM BASED ON ECDYSON RECEPTOR / INVERTEBRATE-RETINOID-X RECEPTOR
DK1373470T3 (en) 2001-02-20 2013-07-29 Intrexon Corp HIS UNKNOWN SUBSTITUTION MUTANTE RECEPTORS AND THEIR USE IN A CELL CEREAL RECEPTOR-BASED INDUCTIONAL Gene EXPRESSION SYSTEM
WO2003027289A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Rheo Gene Holdings, Inc. Leafhopper ecdysone receptor nucleic acids, polypeptides, and uses thereof
WO2003027266A2 (en) * 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Rheogene Holdings, Inc. Whitefly ecdysone receptor nucleic acids, polypeptides, and uses thereof
US7304161B2 (en) 2003-02-10 2007-12-04 Intrexon Corporation Diaclhydrazine ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems via an ecdysone receptor complex
US7456315B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2008-11-25 Intrexon Corporation Bioavailable diacylhydrazine ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
US7935510B2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2011-05-03 Intrexon Corporation Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2007013929A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-02-01 Amgen Inc. Aniline sulfonamide derivatives and their uses
DK2043662T3 (en) 2006-07-26 2015-12-14 Intrexon Corp METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DISEASE TREATMENT
DK2167458T3 (en) 2007-05-29 2018-06-18 Intrexon Corp CHIRAL DIACYL HYDRAZINE LIGANDS FOR MODULATING EXPRESSION OF EXOGENEOUS GENES OF AN ECDYSON RECEPTOR COMPLEX
WO2009008837A1 (en) * 2007-07-06 2009-01-15 Temasek Life Sciences Laboratory Limited Lexa-based chemical-inducible gene expression system for use in transgenic animals
KR20100049084A (en) 2007-08-23 2010-05-11 인트렉손 코포레이션 Methods and compositions for diagnosing disease
NZ584848A (en) 2007-09-28 2012-09-28 Intrexon Corp Therapeutic gene-switch constructs and bioreactors for the expression of biotherapeutic molecules, and uses thereof
BRPI0818287A2 (en) 2007-10-08 2015-11-03 Intrexon Corp manipulated dendritic cells and uses for cancer treatment.
MX2010009996A (en) 2008-03-14 2010-10-20 Intrexon Corp Steroidal ligands and their use in gene switch modulation.
AU2009289964A1 (en) * 2008-09-05 2010-03-11 Aarhus Universitet Nuclear receptor sensor system in transgenic animal
EP3284821B1 (en) 2010-03-23 2022-01-05 Precigen, Inc. Vectors conditionally expressing therapeutic proteins, host cells comprising the vectors, and uses thereof
EP2681327B1 (en) 2011-03-04 2018-11-21 Intrexon Corporation Vectors conditionally expressing protein
EP3699286A1 (en) 2011-04-20 2020-08-26 The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania Regimens and compositions for aav-mediated passive immunization of airborne pathogens
US9127024B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-09-08 Intrexon Corporation Boron-containing diacylhydrazines
WO2015012924A2 (en) 2013-04-29 2015-01-29 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Tissue preferential codon modified expression cassettes, vectors containing same, and use thereof
MX2017003403A (en) 2014-09-17 2017-06-19 Intrexon Corp Boron-containing diacylhydrazine compounds.
MA48852A (en) 2015-05-13 2020-04-01 Univ Pennsylvania AAV-MEDIATED EXPRESSION OF ANTI-INFLUENZA ANTIBODIES AND THEIR METHODS OF USE
WO2017062953A1 (en) 2015-10-10 2017-04-13 Intrexon Corporation Improved therapeutic control of proteolytically sensitive, destabilized forms of interleukin-12
SG11201803934YA (en) 2015-11-11 2018-06-28 Intrexon Corp Compositions and methods for expression of multiple biologically active polypeptides from a single vector for treatment of cardiac conditions and other pathologies
US11787848B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2023-10-17 Precigen, Inc. CD33 specific chimeric antigen receptors
UY37343A (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-28 Intrexon Corp CONTROL OF THE PHENOTYPE IN PLANTS
EA201990864A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2019-11-29 STRUCTURES FOR EXPRESSION OF FRATAXIN
JP7288401B2 (en) 2017-01-10 2023-06-07 プレシゲン,インコーポレイテッド Modulation of polypeptide expression via a novel gene switch expression system
JOP20190200A1 (en) 2017-02-28 2019-08-27 Univ Pennsylvania Compositions useful in treatment of spinal muscular atrophy
UY37620A (en) 2017-02-28 2018-08-31 Univ Pennsylvania VACCINES AGAINST THE FLU MEDIATED BY NEW NOVEDOSA
KR20190132639A (en) 2017-02-28 2019-11-28 더 트러스티스 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 펜실바니아 Adeno-associated virus (AAV) clade F vectors and uses thereof
WO2018169983A1 (en) * 2017-03-13 2018-09-20 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods of modulating expression of target nucleic acid sequences in a cell
IL270990B2 (en) 2017-06-07 2024-02-01 Precigen Inc Expression of novel cell tags
WO2020206056A1 (en) 2019-04-04 2020-10-08 Greenvenus Llc Peptides and methods of plant protection
CN110476898B (en) * 2019-09-16 2021-08-10 中国烟草总公司福建省公司 Method for regulating stiff aphid emergence of aphidius gifuensis ashmead by hormone and temperature
US20230170825A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2023-06-01 Toshiba Mitsubishi-Electric Industrial Systems Corporation Power converter device and failure analysis method
IL303236A (en) 2020-12-01 2023-07-01 Univ Pennsylvania Novel compositions with tissue-specific targeting motifs and compositions containing same
TW202305124A (en) 2021-04-23 2023-02-01 賓州大學委員會 Novel compositions with brain-specific targeting motifs and compositions containing same
WO2023056399A1 (en) 2021-10-02 2023-04-06 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Novel aav capsids and compositions containing same
WO2023147304A1 (en) 2022-01-25 2023-08-03 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Aav capsids for improved heart transduction and detargeting of liver

Citations (85)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4631211A (en) 1985-03-25 1986-12-23 Scripps Clinic & Research Foundation Means for sequential solid phase organic synthesis and methods using the same
EP0234994A1 (en) 1986-01-27 1987-09-02 François Maurice Display screen comprising an active matrix provided with drain resistances, and method for its manufacture
US4859609A (en) 1986-04-30 1989-08-22 Genentech, Inc. Novel receptors for efficient determination of ligands and their antagonists or agonists
WO1989012690A1 (en) 1988-06-13 1989-12-28 American Biogentic Sciences, Inc. Method for the production of monoclonal antibodies utilizing a germfree animal
US4954655A (en) 1989-03-31 1990-09-04 Rohm And Haas Company Preparation of alkylhydrazines
WO1990010510A1 (en) 1989-03-15 1990-09-20 Hu-Metal Engineering Pty. Limited Apparatus for forming a pipe from a sheet metal plate
US4981784A (en) 1987-12-02 1991-01-01 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Retinoic acid receptor method
US4985461A (en) 1985-10-21 1991-01-15 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N,N'-diacylhydrazines
US5010175A (en) 1988-05-02 1991-04-23 The Regents Of The University Of California General method for producing and selecting peptides with specific properties
US5071773A (en) 1986-10-24 1991-12-10 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone receptor-related bioassays
EP0461809A1 (en) 1990-06-14 1991-12-18 Rohm And Haas Company Dibenzoylalkylcyanohydrazines
WO1992000252A1 (en) 1990-06-22 1992-01-09 Tas, Inc. Fluidized calcining process
US5117057A (en) 1985-10-21 1992-05-26 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N' substituted-N-N'-disubstituted-hydrazines
US5171671A (en) 1987-12-02 1992-12-15 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Retinoic acid receptor composition
US5225443A (en) 1986-05-01 1993-07-06 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N'-substituted N,N'-diacylhydrazines
US5283173A (en) 1990-01-24 1994-02-01 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York System to detect protein-protein interactions
WO1994028028A1 (en) 1993-05-27 1994-12-08 Selectide Corporation Topologically segregated, encoded solid phase libraries
US5378726A (en) 1991-01-25 1995-01-03 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha New hydrazine derivative and pesticidal composition comprising said derivative as an effective ingredient
US5424333A (en) 1985-10-21 1995-06-13 Rohm And Haas Company Anthelmintic N'-substituted-N,N'-disubstitutedhydrazines
US5429952A (en) 1988-02-02 1995-07-04 Biocode, Inc. Marking of products to establish identity and source
WO1995018863A1 (en) 1994-01-10 1995-07-13 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Composition containing nucleic acids, preparation and uses
WO1995021931A1 (en) 1994-02-08 1995-08-17 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Nucleic acid-containing composition, its preparation and use
US5459127A (en) 1990-04-19 1995-10-17 Vical, Inc. Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules
US5514578A (en) 1990-02-26 1996-05-07 The Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford University Polynucleotides encoding insect steroid hormone receptor polypeptides and cells transformed with same
WO1996017823A1 (en) 1994-12-05 1996-06-13 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Lipopolyamines as transfection agents and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US5530028A (en) 1992-11-23 1996-06-25 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N,N'-diacylhydrazines
WO1996025508A1 (en) 1995-02-17 1996-08-22 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Nucleic acid-containing composition, preparation and use thereof
WO1996027673A1 (en) 1995-03-03 1996-09-12 Novartis Ag Control of gene expression in plants by receptor mediated transactivation in the presence of a chemical ligand
WO1996037609A1 (en) 1995-05-26 1996-11-28 Zeneca Limited A gene switch comprising an ecdysone receptor
US5641652A (en) 1990-03-22 1997-06-24 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Insect retinoid-like receptor compositions and methods
US5668175A (en) 1991-08-23 1997-09-16 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Use of selective ligands for treatment of disease states responsive to steroid or steroid-like retinoids
WO1997035985A1 (en) 1996-03-22 1997-10-02 British Biotech Pharmaceuticals Limited Host cells expressing mutants of a natural g-protein coupled receptor (gpcr); saccharomyces cerevisiae ste2 gene, and their use as biosensors
WO1997038117A1 (en) 1996-04-05 1997-10-16 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone-mediated methods for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
US5710004A (en) 1991-09-17 1998-01-20 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Methods of using novel steroid hormone orphan receptors
US5723329A (en) 1990-02-09 1998-03-03 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies DNA encoding retinoid receptor X (RXR) alpha and gamma; corresponding vectors and host cells
WO1998033162A1 (en) 1997-01-27 1998-07-30 Biocode, Inc. Marking of products to extablish identity, source and fate
WO1999002683A1 (en) 1997-07-10 1999-01-21 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modified lepidopteran receptors and hybrid multifunctional proteins for use in regulation of transgene expression
WO1999010510A2 (en) 1997-08-26 1999-03-04 Ariad Gene Therapeutics, Inc. Fusion proteins comprising a dimerization, trimerization or tetramerization domain and an additional heterologous transcription activation, transcription repression, dna binding or ligand binding domain
WO1999027365A1 (en) 1997-11-21 1999-06-03 Tularik Inc. Nuclear hormone receptor drug screens
US5919667A (en) 1996-06-20 1999-07-06 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modular assembly retroviral vectors and uses thereof
WO1999036520A1 (en) 1998-01-15 1999-07-22 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Novel genetic sequences encoding steroid and juvenile hormone receptor polypeptides and insecticidal modalities therefor
US5939442A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-08-17 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modulations of peroxisome proliferator activated receptor-γ, and methods for the use thereof
WO1999051777A2 (en) 1998-04-06 1999-10-14 Bunsen Rush Laboratories, Inc. Directed evolution biosensors
WO1999058155A1 (en) 1998-05-14 1999-11-18 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Formulations useful for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
US5989863A (en) 1998-10-14 1999-11-23 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human ankyrin family protein
EP0965644A2 (en) 1998-06-17 1999-12-22 Rohm And Haas Company Ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
US6013836A (en) 1992-02-28 2000-01-11 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N,N'-disubstitutedhydrazines
US6025483A (en) 1996-06-05 2000-02-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Maize and cauliflower apetalai gene products and nucleic acid molecules encoding same
US6096787A (en) 1991-08-23 2000-08-01 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Use of selective ligands for treatment of disease states responsive to steroid or steroid-like hormones
US6117639A (en) 1998-08-31 2000-09-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Fusion proteins, DNA molecules, vectors, and host cells useful for measuring protease activity
WO2000071743A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-11-30 Eisai Co., Ltd. Two-hybrid method in mammalian cell
WO2001002436A1 (en) 1999-07-01 2001-01-11 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Novel genetic sequences encoding steroid and juvenile hormone receptor polypeptides and uses therefor
WO2001036447A2 (en) 1999-10-20 2001-05-25 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone receptor functional entities and methods of their use
US6265173B1 (en) 1990-03-22 2001-07-24 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Methods of modulating the expression of genes using ultraspiracle receptor
WO2001062780A1 (en) 2000-02-24 2001-08-30 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Gene expression system based on chimeric receptors
CN1313276A (en) 2001-03-26 2001-09-19 江苏省农药研究所 Diacyl hydrazide compounds as insecticide, intermediate for preparing said compounds and their preparing process
WO2001070816A2 (en) 2000-03-22 2001-09-27 Rohm And Haas Company Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US6300488B1 (en) 1997-07-10 2001-10-09 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modified lepidopteran receptors and hybrid multifunctional proteins for use in transcription and regulation of transgene expression
US6326166B1 (en) 1995-12-29 2001-12-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Chimeric DNA-binding proteins
EP0798378B1 (en) 1996-03-26 2002-01-16 Akzo Nobel N.V. Estrogen receptor
US20020037514A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2002-03-28 Klein Elliott S. Identification of nuclear receptor-dependent coregulator recruitment
WO2002029075A2 (en) 2000-10-03 2002-04-11 Rohm And Haas Company Multiple inducible gene regulation system
US6410245B1 (en) 1998-04-01 2002-06-25 Affymax, Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting ligand-dependent nuclear receptor and coactivator interactions
WO2002066612A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene, Inc. Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2002066613A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene Holdings, Inc Novel ecdysone receptor/invertebrate retinoid x receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2002066615A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene, Inc. Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2002066614A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene Holdings, Inc. Chimeric retinoid x receptors and their use in a novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US6458926B1 (en) 1995-01-13 2002-10-01 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Heterodimer complex of RXR and NURR1 or NGFI-B
US6504082B1 (en) 1998-09-10 2003-01-07 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Ecdysone receptors and methods for their use
US6635429B1 (en) 1992-01-24 2003-10-21 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Heterodimeric nuclear receptors proteins, genes encoding same, and usage thereof
WO2003105849A1 (en) 2002-06-13 2003-12-24 Rheogene, Inc. Tetrahydroquinolines for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2004005478A2 (en) 2002-07-05 2004-01-15 Rheogene, Inc Ketone ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
US20040033600A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2004-02-19 Palli Subba Reddy Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US6723531B2 (en) 1996-04-05 2004-04-20 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Method for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
US6756491B2 (en) 1998-01-09 2004-06-29 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Steroid-activated nuclear receptors and uses therefor
WO2004072254A2 (en) 2003-02-10 2004-08-26 Rheogene Holdings, Inc Diacylhydrazine ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2004078924A2 (en) 2003-02-28 2004-09-16 Rheogene, Inc. Bioavailable diacylhydrazine ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
US20040197861A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-10-07 Palli Subba Reddy Leafthopper ecdysone receptor nucleic acids, polypeptides, and uses thereof
US20040235097A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-11-25 Jianzhong Zhang Whitefly ecdysone receptor nucleic acids, polypeptides, and uses thereof
WO2005017126A2 (en) 2003-02-21 2005-02-24 Rheogene Holdings, Inc. Oxadiazoline ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2005108617A2 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Rheogene,Inc. Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US7038022B1 (en) 1991-12-06 2006-05-02 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Multimeric forms of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors
WO2006083253A1 (en) 2005-02-02 2006-08-10 Intrexon Corporation Site-specific serine recombinases and methods of their use
US7119077B1 (en) 1990-03-22 2006-10-10 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Multimeric forms of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors with the ultraspiracle receptor
US7183061B2 (en) 1996-05-24 2007-02-27 Syngenta Limited Method of expressing Heliothis ecdysone receptor fusion protein

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6266622B1 (en) * 1995-12-13 2001-07-24 Regents Of The University Of California Nuclear receptor ligands and ligand binding domains
US6380354B1 (en) 1998-09-03 2002-04-30 Zymogenetics, Inc. Kunitz domain polypeptide zkun6

Patent Citations (114)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4631211A (en) 1985-03-25 1986-12-23 Scripps Clinic & Research Foundation Means for sequential solid phase organic synthesis and methods using the same
US5117057A (en) 1985-10-21 1992-05-26 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N' substituted-N-N'-disubstituted-hydrazines
US5424333A (en) 1985-10-21 1995-06-13 Rohm And Haas Company Anthelmintic N'-substituted-N,N'-disubstitutedhydrazines
US4985461A (en) 1985-10-21 1991-01-15 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N,N'-diacylhydrazines
EP0234994A1 (en) 1986-01-27 1987-09-02 François Maurice Display screen comprising an active matrix provided with drain resistances, and method for its manufacture
US4859609A (en) 1986-04-30 1989-08-22 Genentech, Inc. Novel receptors for efficient determination of ligands and their antagonists or agonists
US5225443A (en) 1986-05-01 1993-07-06 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N'-substituted N,N'-diacylhydrazines
US5071773A (en) 1986-10-24 1991-12-10 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone receptor-related bioassays
US5171671A (en) 1987-12-02 1992-12-15 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Retinoic acid receptor composition
US4981784A (en) 1987-12-02 1991-01-01 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Retinoic acid receptor method
US5599904A (en) 1987-12-02 1997-02-04 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Chimeric steroid hormone superfamily receptor proteins
US5429952A (en) 1988-02-02 1995-07-04 Biocode, Inc. Marking of products to establish identity and source
US5010175A (en) 1988-05-02 1991-04-23 The Regents Of The University Of California General method for producing and selecting peptides with specific properties
WO1989012690A1 (en) 1988-06-13 1989-12-28 American Biogentic Sciences, Inc. Method for the production of monoclonal antibodies utilizing a germfree animal
WO1990010510A1 (en) 1989-03-15 1990-09-20 Hu-Metal Engineering Pty. Limited Apparatus for forming a pipe from a sheet metal plate
US4954655A (en) 1989-03-31 1990-09-04 Rohm And Haas Company Preparation of alkylhydrazines
US5283173A (en) 1990-01-24 1994-02-01 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York System to detect protein-protein interactions
US5723329A (en) 1990-02-09 1998-03-03 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies DNA encoding retinoid receptor X (RXR) alpha and gamma; corresponding vectors and host cells
US5514578A (en) 1990-02-26 1996-05-07 The Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford University Polynucleotides encoding insect steroid hormone receptor polypeptides and cells transformed with same
US6245531B1 (en) 1990-02-26 2001-06-12 Board Of Trustees Of Leland Stanford University Polynucleotide encoding insect ecdysone receptor
US5641652A (en) 1990-03-22 1997-06-24 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Insect retinoid-like receptor compositions and methods
US6281330B1 (en) 1990-03-22 2001-08-28 The Salk Institute Biological Studies Multimeric forms of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors with the ultraspiracle receptor
US6265173B1 (en) 1990-03-22 2001-07-24 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Methods of modulating the expression of genes using ultraspiracle receptor
US7119077B1 (en) 1990-03-22 2006-10-10 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Multimeric forms of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors with the ultraspiracle receptor
US5688691A (en) 1990-03-22 1997-11-18 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Insect retinoid-like receptor compositions and methods
US5459127A (en) 1990-04-19 1995-10-17 Vical, Inc. Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules
EP0461809A1 (en) 1990-06-14 1991-12-18 Rohm And Haas Company Dibenzoylalkylcyanohydrazines
WO1992000252A1 (en) 1990-06-22 1992-01-09 Tas, Inc. Fluidized calcining process
US5378726A (en) 1991-01-25 1995-01-03 Nippon Kayaku Kabushiki Kaisha New hydrazine derivative and pesticidal composition comprising said derivative as an effective ingredient
US6096787A (en) 1991-08-23 2000-08-01 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Use of selective ligands for treatment of disease states responsive to steroid or steroid-like hormones
US5668175A (en) 1991-08-23 1997-09-16 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Use of selective ligands for treatment of disease states responsive to steroid or steroid-like retinoids
US5710004A (en) 1991-09-17 1998-01-20 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Methods of using novel steroid hormone orphan receptors
US7038022B1 (en) 1991-12-06 2006-05-02 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Multimeric forms of members of the steroid/thyroid superfamily of receptors
US6635429B1 (en) 1992-01-24 2003-10-21 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale Heterodimeric nuclear receptors proteins, genes encoding same, and usage thereof
US6013836A (en) 1992-02-28 2000-01-11 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N,N'-disubstitutedhydrazines
US5530028A (en) 1992-11-23 1996-06-25 Rohm And Haas Company Insecticidal N'-substituted-N,N'-diacylhydrazines
WO1994028028A1 (en) 1993-05-27 1994-12-08 Selectide Corporation Topologically segregated, encoded solid phase libraries
WO1995018863A1 (en) 1994-01-10 1995-07-13 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Composition containing nucleic acids, preparation and uses
WO1995021931A1 (en) 1994-02-08 1995-08-17 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Nucleic acid-containing composition, its preparation and use
WO1996017823A1 (en) 1994-12-05 1996-06-13 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Lipopolyamines as transfection agents and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US6458926B1 (en) 1995-01-13 2002-10-01 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Heterodimer complex of RXR and NURR1 or NGFI-B
WO1996025508A1 (en) 1995-02-17 1996-08-22 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. Nucleic acid-containing composition, preparation and use thereof
US5880333A (en) 1995-03-03 1999-03-09 Novartis Finance Corporation Control of gene expression in plants by receptor mediated transactivation in the presence of a chemical ligand
WO1996027673A1 (en) 1995-03-03 1996-09-12 Novartis Ag Control of gene expression in plants by receptor mediated transactivation in the presence of a chemical ligand
US6939711B2 (en) 1995-03-03 2005-09-06 Syngenta Investment Corporation Control of gene expression in plants by receptor mediated transactivation in the presence of a chemical ligand
US6147282A (en) 1995-03-03 2000-11-14 Novartis Finance Corporation Method of controlling the fertility of a plant
US6379945B1 (en) 1995-05-26 2002-04-30 Zeneca Limited Gene switch
WO1996037609A1 (en) 1995-05-26 1996-11-28 Zeneca Limited A gene switch comprising an ecdysone receptor
US5939442A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-08-17 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modulations of peroxisome proliferator activated receptor-γ, and methods for the use thereof
US6326166B1 (en) 1995-12-29 2001-12-04 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Chimeric DNA-binding proteins
WO1997035985A1 (en) 1996-03-22 1997-10-02 British Biotech Pharmaceuticals Limited Host cells expressing mutants of a natural g-protein coupled receptor (gpcr); saccharomyces cerevisiae ste2 gene, and their use as biosensors
EP0798378B1 (en) 1996-03-26 2002-01-16 Akzo Nobel N.V. Estrogen receptor
US6723531B2 (en) 1996-04-05 2004-04-20 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Method for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
WO1997038117A1 (en) 1996-04-05 1997-10-16 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone-mediated methods for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
US7183061B2 (en) 1996-05-24 2007-02-27 Syngenta Limited Method of expressing Heliothis ecdysone receptor fusion protein
US6025483A (en) 1996-06-05 2000-02-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Maize and cauliflower apetalai gene products and nucleic acid molecules encoding same
US5919667A (en) 1996-06-20 1999-07-06 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modular assembly retroviral vectors and uses thereof
WO1998033162A1 (en) 1997-01-27 1998-07-30 Biocode, Inc. Marking of products to extablish identity, source and fate
US6300488B1 (en) 1997-07-10 2001-10-09 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modified lepidopteran receptors and hybrid multifunctional proteins for use in transcription and regulation of transgene expression
US6875569B2 (en) 1997-07-10 2005-04-05 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modified lepidopteran receptors and hybrid multifunctional proteins for use in transcription and regulation of transgene expression
WO1999002683A1 (en) 1997-07-10 1999-01-21 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Modified lepidopteran receptors and hybrid multifunctional proteins for use in regulation of transgene expression
WO1999010510A2 (en) 1997-08-26 1999-03-04 Ariad Gene Therapeutics, Inc. Fusion proteins comprising a dimerization, trimerization or tetramerization domain and an additional heterologous transcription activation, transcription repression, dna binding or ligand binding domain
WO1999027365A1 (en) 1997-11-21 1999-06-03 Tularik Inc. Nuclear hormone receptor drug screens
US6756491B2 (en) 1998-01-09 2004-06-29 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Steroid-activated nuclear receptors and uses therefor
WO1999036520A1 (en) 1998-01-15 1999-07-22 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Novel genetic sequences encoding steroid and juvenile hormone receptor polypeptides and insecticidal modalities therefor
US6410245B1 (en) 1998-04-01 2002-06-25 Affymax, Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting ligand-dependent nuclear receptor and coactivator interactions
WO1999051777A2 (en) 1998-04-06 1999-10-14 Bunsen Rush Laboratories, Inc. Directed evolution biosensors
US7045315B2 (en) 1998-05-14 2006-05-16 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Methods for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems
WO1999058155A1 (en) 1998-05-14 1999-11-18 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Formulations useful for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
US6333318B1 (en) 1998-05-14 2001-12-25 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Formulations useful for modulating expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems, and products related thereto
EP0965644A2 (en) 1998-06-17 1999-12-22 Rohm And Haas Company Ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
US6117639A (en) 1998-08-31 2000-09-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Fusion proteins, DNA molecules, vectors, and host cells useful for measuring protease activity
US6504082B1 (en) 1998-09-10 2003-01-07 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Ecdysone receptors and methods for their use
US5989863A (en) 1998-10-14 1999-11-23 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human ankyrin family protein
WO2000071743A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-11-30 Eisai Co., Ltd. Two-hybrid method in mammalian cell
WO2001002436A1 (en) 1999-07-01 2001-01-11 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Novel genetic sequences encoding steroid and juvenile hormone receptor polypeptides and uses therefor
US7057015B1 (en) 1999-10-20 2006-06-06 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone receptor functional dimers and methods of their use
WO2001036447A2 (en) 1999-10-20 2001-05-25 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Hormone receptor functional entities and methods of their use
WO2001062780A1 (en) 2000-02-24 2001-08-30 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Gene expression system based on chimeric receptors
EP1266015B1 (en) 2000-03-22 2006-08-30 RheoGene Holdings Inc. Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20070161086A1 (en) 2000-03-22 2007-07-12 Palli Subba R Novel ecdysone receptor-based induicible gene expression system
US7091038B2 (en) 2000-03-22 2006-08-15 Rheogene, Inc. Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20080115237A1 (en) 2000-03-22 2008-05-15 Palli Subba R Novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20020119521A1 (en) 2000-03-22 2002-08-29 Palli Subba Reddy Novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2001070816A2 (en) 2000-03-22 2001-09-27 Rohm And Haas Company Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20020037514A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2002-03-28 Klein Elliott S. Identification of nuclear receptor-dependent coregulator recruitment
US20080235816A1 (en) 2000-10-03 2008-09-25 Tarlochan Singh Dhadialla Multiple inducible gene regulation system
US20020110861A1 (en) 2000-10-03 2002-08-15 Dhadialla Tarlochan Singh Multiple inducible gene regulation system
WO2002029075A2 (en) 2000-10-03 2002-04-11 Rohm And Haas Company Multiple inducible gene regulation system
WO2002066615A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene, Inc. Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20080176280A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2008-07-24 Marianna Zinovjevna Kapitskaya Chimeric retinoid x receptors and their use in a novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US7531326B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2009-05-12 Intrexon Corporation Chimeric retinoid X receptors and their use in a novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20080301825A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2008-12-04 Subba Reddy Palli Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20080263687A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2008-10-23 Marianna Zinovievna Kapitskaya Chimeric retinoid x receptors and their use in a novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2002066612A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene, Inc. Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20070300313A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2007-12-27 Palli Subba R Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20060100416A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2006-05-11 Palli Subba R Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in an nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2002066613A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene Holdings, Inc Novel ecdysone receptor/invertebrate retinoid x receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20040096942A1 (en) 2001-02-20 2004-05-20 Kapitskaya Marianna Zinovjevna Chimeric retinoid X receptors and their use in a novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2002066614A2 (en) 2001-02-20 2002-08-29 Rheogene Holdings, Inc. Chimeric retinoid x receptors and their use in a novel ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20040033600A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2004-02-19 Palli Subba Reddy Ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
CN1313276A (en) 2001-03-26 2001-09-19 江苏省农药研究所 Diacyl hydrazide compounds as insecticide, intermediate for preparing said compounds and their preparing process
US20040235097A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-11-25 Jianzhong Zhang Whitefly ecdysone receptor nucleic acids, polypeptides, and uses thereof
US20040197861A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-10-07 Palli Subba Reddy Leafthopper ecdysone receptor nucleic acids, polypeptides, and uses thereof
WO2003105849A1 (en) 2002-06-13 2003-12-24 Rheogene, Inc. Tetrahydroquinolines for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2004005478A2 (en) 2002-07-05 2004-01-15 Rheogene, Inc Ketone ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2004072254A2 (en) 2003-02-10 2004-08-26 Rheogene Holdings, Inc Diacylhydrazine ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes in mammalian systems via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2005017126A2 (en) 2003-02-21 2005-02-24 Rheogene Holdings, Inc. Oxadiazoline ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
WO2004078924A2 (en) 2003-02-28 2004-09-16 Rheogene, Inc. Bioavailable diacylhydrazine ligands for modulating the expression of exogenous genes via an ecdysone receptor complex
US20080216184A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-09-04 Subba Reddy Palli Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20080145935A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-06-19 Subba Reddy Palli Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2005108617A2 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Rheogene,Inc. Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US20050266457A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-12-01 Palli Subba R Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2006083253A1 (en) 2005-02-02 2006-08-10 Intrexon Corporation Site-specific serine recombinases and methods of their use

Non-Patent Citations (105)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Andrianov VG et al. "4-Amino-delta2-1,2,4-oxadiazolines." Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds 1991, 22(2):216-218.
Andrianov VG et al. "4-Aminofurazan-3-hydroximic halides." Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds 1992, 28(5):581-585.
Andrianov VG et al. "4-Amino-δ2-1,2,4-oxadiazolines." Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds 1991, 22(2):216-218.
Antoniewski C et al., The ecdysone response enhancer of the Fbp1 gene of Drosophila melanogaster is a direct target for the EcR/USP nuclear receptor, Mol Cell Biol, (1994), 14:4465-74.
Ashburner M et al., Temporal control of puffing activity in polytene chromosomes, Cold Spring Harb Symp Quant Biol, (1974), 38:655-62.
Belshaw PJ et al. "Rational Design of Orthogonal Receptor-Ligand Combinations." Angewandte Chemie. International edition in English (Angew. Chem., Int. ed. Engl.) 1995, vol. 34, No. 19, pp. 2129-2132.
Belshaw PJ et al."Controlling Protein Association and Subcellular Localization with a Synthetic Ligand that Induces Heterodimerization of Proteins." Proc Natl Acad Sci. 1996, 93:4604-7.
Bonneton F; et al.: "Rapid Divergence of the Ecdysone Receptor in Diptera and Lepidoptera Suggests Coevolution Between ECR and USP-RXR", Molecular Biology and Evolution, The University of Chicago Press, US-ISSN 0737-4038, vol. 20, Nr. 4, pp. 541-553, XP008028857.
Brennan JD. "Preparation and Entrapment of Fluorescently Labeled Proteins for the Development of Reagentless Optical Biosensors." Journal of Fluorescence, Dec. 1999, 9(4): 295-312.
Cao S et al. "N′-tert-Butyl-N′-aroyl-N-(alkoxycarbonylmethyl)-N-aroylhydrazines, a novel nonsteroidal ecdysone agonist: syntheses, insecticidal activity, conformational, and crystal structure analysis." Canadian Journal of Chemistry, Mar. 2001 , 79(3):272-278.
Cao S et al. "N'-tert-Butyl-N'-aroyl-N-(alkoxycarbonylmethyl)-N-aroylhydrazines, a novel nonsteroidal ecdysone agonist: syntheses, insecticidal activity, conformational, and crystal structure analysis." Canadian Journal of Chemistry, Mar. 2001 , 79(3):272-278.
Carlson GR et al. "The chemical and biological properties of methoxyfenozide, a new insecticidal ecdysteroid agonist." Pest Manag Sci. Feb. 2001;57(2):115-9.
Cherbas L et al., Identification of ecdysone response elements by analysis of the Drosophila Eip28/29 gene, Genes Dev, (1991), 5:120-31.
Cho WL et al., Mosquito ecdysteroid receptor: analysis of the cDNA and expression during vitellogenesis, Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1995), 25:19-27.
Christopherson KS et al., Ecdysteroid-dependent regulation of genes in mammalian cells by a Drosophila ecdysone receptor and chimeric transactivators, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, (1992), 89:6314-8.
Chung AC et al., Cloning of crustacean ecdysteroid receptor and retinoid-X receptor gene homologs and elevation of retinoid-X receptor mRNA by retinoic acid, Mol Cell Endocrinol, (1998), 139:209-27.
D'Avino PP et al., The moulting hormone ecdysone is able to recognize target elements composed of direct repeats, Mol Cell Endocrinol, (1995), 113:1-9.
Dhadialla TS et al., New insecticides with ecdysteroidal and juvenile hormone activity, Annu Rev Entomol, (1998), 43:545-69.
Doyle DF et al."Engineering orthogonal ligand-receptor pairs from near drugs." J Am Chem Soc. Nov. 21, 2001;123(46):11367-71.
Egea P F; Rochel N; Birck C; Vachette P; Timmins P A; Moras D.: "Effects of ligand binding on the association properties and conformation in solution of retinoic acid receptors RXR and RAR", Journal of Molecular Biology, London, GB-ISSN 0022-2836, vol. 307, Nr. 2, pp. 557-576, XP004466038.
Evans RM, The steroid and thyroid hormone receptor superfamily, Science, (1988), 240:889-95.
Examiner's SCORE Search Results for U.S. Appl. No. 11/118,855, inventors Palli et al., filed Apr. 28, 2005, 17 pages (conducted on Aug. 14, 2007).
Examiner's Score Search Results for U.S. Appl. No. 11/118,855, inventors Palli et al., filed Apr. 28, 2005, 27 pages (conducted on Aug. 14, 2007).
Fields S et al. "A novel genetic system to detect protein-protein interactions." Nature 1989, 340:245-246.
Filmus J et al."Synergistic induction of promoters containing metal- and glucocorticoid-responsive elements." Nucleic Acids Res. Jun. 11, 1992; 20(11): 2755-2760.
Fujiwara H et al., Cloning of an ecdysone receptor homolog from Manduca sexta and the developmental profile of its mRNA in wings, Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1995), 25:845-56.
Glass CK et al. "Nuclear Receptor Coactivators." Curr Opin Cell Biol. 1997, 9:222-232.
Godowski PJ et al., Signal transduction and transcriptional regulation by glucocorticoid receptor-LexA fusion proteins, Science, (1988), 241:812-6.
Guo X et al., Isolation of a functional ecdysteroid receptor homologue from the ixodid tick Amblyomma americanum (L.), Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1997), 27:945-62.
Hannan GN et al., Cloning and characterization of LcEcR: a functional ecdysone receptor from the sheep blowfly Lucilia cuprina, Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1997), 27:479-88.
Hayward D C; et al.: "The structure of the USP/RXR of Xenos pecki indicates that Strepsiptera are not closely related to Diptera", Development, Genes and Evolution, Berlin, DE-ISSN 0949-944X, vol. 215, Nr. 4, pp. 213-219, XP002403944.
Hayward, D.C., et al., "The sequence of Locust RXR, homologous to Drosophila Ultraspiracle, and its evolutionary implications," Development Genes and Evolution 209: 564-571, Springer Berlin/Heidelberg (1999).
Heberlein U et al., Characterization of Drosophila transcription factors that activate the tandem promoters of the alcohol dehydrogenase gene, Cell, (1985), 41:965-77.
Helmreich E.J.M., "The Biochemistry of Cell Signalling," p. 192, Oxford University Press (2001).
Hofmann, A. et al., "Rapid retroviral delivery of tetracycline-inducible genes in a single autoregulatory cassette," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 5185-5190, National Academy of Sciences (1996).
Holt Jr et al, "Functional expression of exogenous proteins in mammalian sensory hair cells infected with adenoviral vectors." J Neurophysiol. 1999, 81:1881-1888.
Hoppe UC et al. "Adenovirus-mediated Inducible Gene Expression in Vivo by Hybrid Ecdysone Receptor." Mol Therapy 2000 1(2):159-164.
Horwitz KB et al. "Nuclear receptor coactivators and corepressors." Mol Endocrinol. Oct. 1996;10(10):1167-77.
Imhof MO et al., Cloning of a Chironomus tentans cDNA encoding a protein (cEcRH) homologous to the Drosophila melanogaster ecdysteroid receptor (dEcR), Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1993), 23:115-24.
Kakizawa T et al., Ligand-dependent heterodimerization of thyroid hormone receptor and retinoid X receptor, J Biol Chem, (1997), 272:23799-804.
Kim JS et al."Design of TATA box-binding protein/zinc finger fusions for targeted regulation of gene expression." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. Apr. 15, 1997;94(8):3616-20.
Kirken RA et al. "Two discrete regions of interleukin-2 (IL2) receptor beta independently mediate IL2 activation of a PD98059/rapamycin/wortmannin-insensitive Stat5a/b serine kinase." J Biol Chem. Jun. 13, 1997;272(24):15459-65.
Koelle MR et al., The Drosophila EcR gene encodes an ecdysone receptor, a new member of the steroid receptor superfamily, Cell, (1991), 67:59-77.
Kothapalli R et al., Cloning and developmental expression of the ecdysone receptor gene from the spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana, Dev Genet, (1995), 17:319-30.
Leid M et al., Purification, cloning, and RXR identity of the HeLa cell factor with which RAR or TR heterodimerizes to bind target sequences efficiently, Cell, (1992), 68:377-95.
Leonhardt SA et al., Agonist and antagonists induce homodimerization and mixed ligand heterodimerization of human progesterone receptors in vivo by a mammalian two-hybrid assay, Mol Endocrinol, (1998), 12:1914-30.
Licitra EJ et al., A three-hybrid system for detecting small ligand-protein receptor interactions, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, (1996), 93:12817-21.
Martinez A et al., Transcriptional activation of the cloned Heliothis virescens (Lepidoptera) ecdysone receptor (HvEcR) by muristeroneA, Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1999), 29:915-30.
Martinez A; et al: "Creation of Ecdysone Receptor Chimeras in Plants for Controlled Regulation of Gene Expression", Molecular and General Genetics, Springer Verlag, Berlin, DE-ISSN 0026-8925 vol. 261, Nr. 3, pp. 546-552, XP001069830.
Metzger D et al., The human oestrogen receptor functions in yeast, Nature, (1988), 334:31-6.
Moradpour D; Englert C; Blum H E: "Independent Regulation of Two Separate Gene Activities in a Continuous Human Cell Line", Biological Chemistry-ISSN 1431-6730, vol. 8/9, Nr. 379, pp. 1189-1191, XP001070604.
Morrison DA et al., Isolation of transformation-deficient Streptococcus pneumoniae mutants defective in control of competence, using insertion-duplication mutagenesis with the erythromycin resistance determinant of pAM beta 1, J Bacteriol, (1984), 159:870-6.
Mouillet JF et al., Cloning of two putative ecdysteroid receptor isoforms from Tenebrio molitor and their developmental expression in the epidermis during metamorphosis, Eur J Biochem, (1997), 248:856-63.
Nakagawa Y et al. "Quantitative structure-activity studies of insect growth regulators: XIX. Effects of substituents on the aromatic moiety of dibenzoylhydrazines on larvicidal activity against the beet armyworm Spodoptera exigua." Pest Manag Sci. Feb. 2002;58(2):131-8.
Neuberger MS et al., Recombinant antibodies possessing novel effector functions, Nature, (1984), 312:604-8.
No D et al., Ecdysone-inducible gene expression in mammalian cells and transgenic mice, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, (1996), 93:3346-51.
O'Brien RN et al. "Structural and functional analysis of the human phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase gene promoter." Biochim Biophys Acta. Dec. 27, 1995;1264(3):284-8.
Office Action delivered electronically Aug. 21, 2008 in U.S. Appl. No. 11/677,968, inventors Palli, et al., filed Feb. 22, 2007.
Office Action mailed Apr. 18, 2006 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,697, inventors Dhadialla, et al., filed Sep. 27, 2001.
Office Action mailed Apr. 2, 2009 in U.S. Appl. No. 11/841,529, inventors Palli et al., filed Aug. 20, 2007.
Office action mailed Aug. 22, 2006 in U.S. Appl. No. 10/239,134, inventors Palli et al., filed Sep. 19, 2002.
Office Action mailed Aug. 9, 2007 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,697, inventors Dhadialla, et al., filed Sep. 27, 2001.
Office Action mailed Dec. 9, 2008 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,697, inventors Dhadialla, et al., filed Sep. 27, 2001.
Office Action mailed Feb. 20, 2009 in U.S. Appl. No. 11/677,968, inventors Palli et al., filed Feb. 22, 2007.
Office Action mailed Feb. 24, 2009 in U.S. Appl. No. 11/841,495, inventors Palli et al., filed Aug. 20, 2007.
Office Action mailed Feb. 25, 2009 in U.S. Appl. No. 11/841,325, inventors Dhadialla et al., filed Aug. 20, 2007.
Office Action mailed Jul. 12, 2005 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,697, inventors Dhadialla, et al., filed Sep. 27, 2001.
Office Action mailed Jun. 11, 2007 in U.S. Appl. No. 10/468,199, inventors Kapitskaya, et al., filed Dec. 17, 2003.
Office Action mailed Jun. 13, 2005 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,703, inventors Palli, et al., filed Sep. 26, 2001.
Office Action mailed Mar. 13, 2008 in U.S. Appl. No. 10/468,199, inventors Kapitskaya, et al., filed Dec. 17, 2003.
Office Action mailed May 14, 2004 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,703, inventors Palli, et al., filed Sep. 26, 2001.
Office Action mailed May 28, 2008 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,697, inventors Dhadialla, et al., filed Sep. 27, 2001.
Office Action mailed Nov. 13, 2006 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,697, inventors Dhadialla, et al., filed Sep. 27, 2001.
Office Action mailed Nov. 24, 2004 in U.S. Appl. No. 09/965,703, inventors Palli, et al., filed Sep. 26, 2001.
Office Action mailed Oct. 26, 2006 in U.S. Appl. No. 10/468,199, inventors Kapitskaya, et al., filed Dec. 17, 2003.
Office Action mailed Sep. 19, 2007 in U.S. Appl. No. 10/468,193, inventors Palli, et al., filed Dec. 17, 2003.
Peet DJ et al."Engineering novel specificities for ligand-activated transcription in the nuclear hormone receptor RXR." Chem Biol. Jan. 1998;5(1):13-21.
Perera SC et al., Studies on two ecdysone receptor isoforms of the spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana, Mol Cell Endocrinol, (1999), 152:73-84.
Perera, S.C. et al., "An Analysis of Ecdysone Receptor Domains Required for Heterodimerization With Ultraspiracle," Archives of Insect Biochemistry and Physiology 41: 61-70, Wiley-Liss, Inc. (1999).
Pierce AC et al."Computational Binding Studies of Orthogonal Cyclosporin-Cyclophilin Pairs." Angewandte Chemie. International edition in English (Angew. Chem., Int. ed. Engl.) 1997, vol. 36, No. 13-14, pp. 1466-1469.
Riddiford LM et al., Ecdysone receptors and their biological actions, Vitam Horm, (2000), 60:1-73.
Saleh DS et al., Cloning and characterization of an ecdysone receptor cDNA from Locusta migratoria, Mol Cell Endocrinol, (1998), 143:91-9.
Shea C; Hough D; Xiao J; Tzertzinis G; Maina C V.: "An rxr/usp homolog from the parasitic nematode, Dirofilaria immitis", Gene: An International Journal on Genes and Genomes, Elsevier, Amsterdam, NL-ISSN 0378-1119, vol. 324, pp. 171-182, XP004482485.
Shimizu, B-i. et al., "Molting hormonal and larvicidal activities of aliphatic acyl analogs of dibenzoylhydrazine insecticides," Steroids 62:638-642, Elsevier Science Inc. (1997).
Spencer DM et al. "Controlling signal transduction with synthetic ligands." Science. Nov. 12, 1993;262(5136):1019-24.
Srini C. Perera MSPJKARTSDSRP, An analysis of ecdysone receptor domains required for heterodimerization with ultraspiracle, Archives of Insect Biochemistry and Physiology, (1999), 41:61-70.
Sucov et al. (1994) Genes and Dev. 8:1007-1018. *
Suhr ST et al., High level transactivation by a modified Bombyx ecdysone receptor in mammalian cells without exogenous retinoid X receptor, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, (1998), 95:7999-8004.
Swevers L et al., The silkmoth homolog of the Drosophila ecdysone receptor (B1 isoform): cloning and analysis of expression during follicular cell differentiation, Insect Biochem Mol Biol, (1995), 25:857-66.
Talbot, W.S., et al., "Drosophila Tissues with Different Metamorphic Responses to Ecdysone Express Different Ecdysone Receptor Isoforms," Cell 73:1323-1337, Cell Press (1993).
Tease et al., "Analysis of Exchanges in Differentially Stained Meiotic Chromosomes of Locusta migratoria After BrdU-Substitution and FPG Staining," Chromosoma(Berl.); 69: 163-178; (1978).
Trisyono A et al. "Effect of Nonsteroidal ecdysone agonists, methoxyfenozide and tebufenozide, on the European Corn Borer (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae)." J Economic Entomology 1997, 90:1486-1492.
U.S. Appl. No. 10/468,200, inventors Palli, et al., filed Aug. 15, 2003.
U.S. Appl. No. 11/841,464, inventors Palli, et al., filed Aug. 20, 2007.
U.S. Appl. No. 11/841,631, inventors Palli, et al., filed Aug. 20, 2007.
UniProtKB/Swiss-Protein Database, Accession No. P49880, "Ecdysone receptor," 2 pages (1996).
UniProtKB/Swiss-Protein Database, Accession No. P49883, "Ecdysone receptor," 2 pages (1996).
Verras M et al., Cloning and characterization of CcEcR. An ecdysone receptor homolog from the mediterranean fruit fly ceratitis capitata, Eur J Biochem, (1999), 265:798-808.
Wilson JM et al., Hepatocyte-directed gene transfer in vivo leads to transient improvement of hypercholesterolemia in low density lipoprotein receptor-deficient rabbits, J Biol Chem, (1992), 267:963-7.
Wing KD et al. "RH 5849, a Nonsteroidal Ecdysone Agonist: Effects on Larval Lepidoptera." Science. 1988, 241 (4864):470-472.
Wipf P, et al. "Combinatorial synthesis and biological evaluation of library of small-molecule Ser/Thr-protein phosphatase inhibitors." Bioorg Med Chem. 1997, 5(1):165-77.
Wurm FM et al. "Inducible overproduction of the mouse c-myc protein in mammalian cells." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 1986, 83(15):5414-8.
Yao TP et al., Drosophila ultraspiracle modulates ecdysone receptor function via heterodimer formation, Cell, (1992), 71:63-72.
Yao TP et al., Functional ecdysone receptor is the product of EcR and Ultraspiracle genes, Nature, (1993), 366:476-9.
Zhang X et al."Study on synthesis and bioactivity of new diacylhydrazine IGR JS118." Nongyao 2003, 42:18-20.

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150150152A1 (en) * 2001-02-20 2015-05-28 Intrexon Corporation Chimeric Retinoid X Receptors and Their Use in a Novel Ecdysone Receptor-Based Inducible Gene Expression System
US10087231B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2018-10-02 Intrexon Corporation Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US11608362B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2023-03-21 Precigen, Inc. Hepatitis B vaccines and uses of the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP4994563B2 (en) 2012-08-08
US10087231B2 (en) 2018-10-02
AU2002248500B2 (en) 2007-12-13
DK1534738T3 (en) 2012-10-01
CA2438133A1 (en) 2002-08-29
WO2002066615A9 (en) 2004-01-29
WO2002066615A2 (en) 2002-08-29
EP1534738B1 (en) 2012-06-20
JP2004533216A (en) 2004-11-04
EP1534738A2 (en) 2005-06-01
US20170015728A1 (en) 2017-01-19
US20110212528A1 (en) 2011-09-01
JP2009106297A (en) 2009-05-21
JP5227758B2 (en) 2013-07-03
ES2390070T3 (en) 2012-11-06
WO2002066615A3 (en) 2005-04-07
EP1534738A4 (en) 2007-05-09
CA2438133C (en) 2015-01-27
US20190071485A1 (en) 2019-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10087231B2 (en) Substitution mutant receptors and their use in an ecdysone receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US10190124B2 (en) Substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
US8076454B2 (en) Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
AU2002248500A1 (en) Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
AU2002306550A1 (en) Novel substitution mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: RHEOGENE, INC., PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNORS:NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC;NEW RHEOGENE II, LLC;REEL/FRAME:030363/0648

Effective date: 20030731

ZAAA Notice of allowance and fees due

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: NOA

ZAAB Notice of allowance mailed

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: MN/=.

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

AS Assignment

Owner name: RGH LLC, PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ROHM AND HAAS COMPANY;REEL/FRAME:037543/0001

Effective date: 20030516

Owner name: INTREXON CORPORATION, VIRGINIA

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:RHEOGENE, INC.;REEL/FRAME:037543/0057

Effective date: 20070103

Owner name: RHEOGENE, INC., PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNORS:NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC;NEW RHEOGENE II, LLC;REEL/FRAME:037543/0050

Effective date: 20030731

Owner name: NEW RHEOGENE I, LLC, PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:RGH LLC;REEL/FRAME:037543/0039

Effective date: 20030519

CC Certificate of correction
MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: MAINTENANCE FEE REMINDER MAILED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: REM.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED FOR FAILURE TO PAY MAINTENANCE FEES (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: EXP.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20240202